Руководство по ремонту volvo c30 скачать

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Volvo Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. C30 2007
  6. Service and repair manual
  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

2007-2013 VOLVO C30 SERVICE

AND REPAIR MANUAL

loading

Related Manuals for Volvo C30 2007

Summary of Contents for Volvo C30 2007

  • Page 1
    2007-2013 VOLVO C30 SERVICE AND REPAIR MANUAL…
  • Page 2
    ENGINE Engine Control — Removal, Replacement And Installation ENGINE Engine Control — Removal, Replacement And Installation ENGINE Engine Control — Removal, Replacement And Installation ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Fig. 1: Identifying Accelerator Pedal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm…
  • Page 3
    ALTERNATOR GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Battery, disconnection. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING Fig. 1: Identifying Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the auxiliaries belt. See ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER…
  • Page 4
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 2: Identifying Generator B+ Terminal And Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: 1. Torque: Generator B+ terminal 15 Nm 2. Torque: M8…
  • Page 5
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 4: Identifying Oil Stick Bracket Bolt Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 5: Identifying Generator B+ Terminal And Nuts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: 1.
  • Page 6
    REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Remove the alternator. See GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12) or GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11) Fig. 6: Identifying Spanner 9997113 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9997113 see 9997113 CHARGE REGULATOR CHARGE REGULATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11, B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12)
  • Page 7
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 7: Identifying Nuts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the generator (GEN). See GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11) or GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12). Fig. 8: Identifying M4 Generator Bolts…
  • Page 8
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. See SAFETY INFORMATION BATTERY AND CHARGING Fig. 1: Identifying Underhood Torsion Rod, Nuts And Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm Fig. 2: View Of Battery And Cover…
  • Page 9
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Battery And Mounting — Removal, Replacement And Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Perform battery disconnecting and connecting, see BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING Fig. 3: Locating Battery Box And Terminal Connector Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 10
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Battery And Mounting — Removal, Replacement And Installation when replacing battery (main battery) function. VIDA (Volvo Scan Tool) is necessary to perform this procedure.
  • Page 11
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove left-hand drive shaft, see DRIVESHAFT LEFT Remove the right drive shaft, see DRIVE SHAFT RIGHT Fig. 1: Identifying M7 Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M7 17 Nm…
  • Page 12
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission Fig. 2: Identifying Hose Strap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 3: Identifying Hose Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 4: Identifying M8 And M10 Bolts…
  • Page 13
    TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission Remove the following items: 1. Torque: M8 24 Nm 2. Torque: M10 50 Nm Fig. 5: Identifying M10 Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M10 50 Nm Fig. 6: Removing Bevel Gear Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 14
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission Fig. 7: Identifying Bevel Gear Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION For information about transmission lubricants, see LUBRICANT TRANSMISSION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 15
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Automatic HVAC System HVAC Automatic HVAC System HVAC Automatic HVAC System HVAC GLOW PLUG FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
  • Page 16
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Automatic HVAC System Fig. 1: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover. NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the cover.
  • Page 17
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Automatic HVAC System Fig. 3: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown)  the cable terminal and cable for the glow plug in positions 9 and 12 (white and brown).
  • Page 18
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Automatic HVAC System Fig. 4: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the flame sensor (1) and with it the holder for the pressure equalizer (2). Remove: the glow plug …
  • Page 19
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Automatic HVAC System the flame sensor together with the holder. Tighten  the glow plug. Tighten.  Install the cable terminals and cables in the connectors. — Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
  • Page 20
    LIFTING POINTS FOR LIFTING THE VEHICLE Fig. 1: Identifying Lifting Points Of Vehicle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION When lifting the vehicle, the lifting points indicated in the graphic must be used. The jacking plate must have a rubber pad to prevent damage to the vehicle.
  • Page 21
    NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is always correct. Fig. 2: View Of Symbol Numbers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Symbol legend Measurement is given from centre Measurement is given from an edge Measurement is given from a cut marking Fig.
  • Page 22
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical For measuring, the recommendation is to use an electronic measuring device type Alvis Light or similar. A deviation of +/- 2 mm is acceptable. Fig. 4: Identifying Rear Measurements (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 23
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Fig. 5: Identifying Rear Measurements (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is always correct.
  • Page 24
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION For measuring, the recommendation is to use an electronic measuring device type Alvis Light or similar. A deviation of +/- 2 mm is acceptable.
  • Page 25
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Fig. 10: Identifying Side Measurements (3 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION B6 = 1583 mm B7 = 1421 mm ROOF, WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDSHIELD FRAME ROOF Fig.
  • Page 26
    Measurement is given from a cut marking Fig. 12: Identifying Symbol Number 3 Measurement From The Bottom Of The Recess Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Measurement takes place from the bottom of the recess. If only a measuring point symbol is shown this applies to both points.
  • Page 27
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Fig. 14: Identifying Windshield Frame Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION BODY SIDE Fig. 15: View Of Symbol Numbers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Explanation of symbols As measured from centre…
  • Page 28
    As measured from cut marking Fig. 16: Identifying Symbol Number 3 Measurement From The Bottom Of The Recess Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION As measured from the bottom of the recess. If only one measurement point symbol is shown, it applies to both points.
  • Page 29
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Fig. 18: Identifying Body Side Measurements (2 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 19: Identifying Body Side Measurements (3 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 30
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame — Specifications, Mechanical Fig. 20: Identifying Body Side Measurements (4 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 21: Identifying Body Side Measurements (5 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 31
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE FRONT BUMPER RAIL Fig. 1: Removing Front Bumper Rail Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the front section. See: FRONT END . Remove the bracket for the power steering. It is secured using 4 M8 screws.
  • Page 32
    Support the radiator assembly. Detach the radiator. It is secured using 4 M8 screws. Remove the remaining 6 M8 screws for the bumper rail. Remove the bumper rail. INSTALLATION NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE . INSTALLING THE FRONT BUMPER RAIL Fig. 2: Installing Front Bumper Rail Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 33
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Install: the bumper rail using the 6 M6 screws. Wait before installing the 2 screws for the servo unit  the radiator using the 4 M8 screws …
  • Page 34
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 3: Aligning Front Wheel Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Align and secure the wheel arch. See: FRONT END and SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT . Align the bracket on the battery shelf. See the dimensions below.
  • Page 35
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 4: Identifying Welding Locations For Replacement Part Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Weld the replacement part into place. Lens diameter: Ø 4.5 mm. Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .
  • Page 36
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 5: Removing Rear Bumper Rail Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING . Install in the reverse order.
  • Page 37
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 6: Removing Rear Bumper Rail Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm For information about corrosion protection, see RUSTPROOFING INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 38
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE REAR SIDE MEMBER Fig. 7: Identifying The Cutting Point Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration. Drill and grind off the member. Grind clean and apply welding primer.
  • Page 39
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 8: Installing Rear Side Member Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter: Ø 4.5 mm. See the illustration for the location of the spot welds.
  • Page 40
    PREPARATORY WORK (COMMON TO BOTH METHODS) PREPARATORY WORK Fig. 9: Identifying Cut Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION When welding body components, see: WELDING, GENERAL . Remove components. See: FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING . Determine the extent of the damage. See: SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT and FRONT END .
  • Page 41
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVING THE OUTER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER Fig. 10: Identifying Side Member Cutting Area Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration. Remove: the support plate …
  • Page 42
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 11: Identifying Cutting Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration. Cutting point (1) This cutting point is used in the event of minor damage to the side member.
  • Page 43
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 12: Removing Upper Part Of Side Member Extension Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If the member is cut at cutting point (2), remove the upper part of the side member extension.
  • Page 44
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 13: Removing Outer Part Of Cross Member Cowl Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the outer part of the cross member cowl panel. INSTALLING THE INNER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER…
  • Page 45
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 14: Installing Inner Section Of Lower Side Member (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Grind clean. Apply welding primer. Seam-weld the join.
  • Page 46
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 15: Installing Inner Section Of Lower Side Member (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Weld the outer part of the cross member cowl panel. Drill Ø 8 mm diameter holes for plug welds.
  • Page 47
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 16: Installing Outer Section Of Lower Side Member Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Grind clean. Apply welding primer. Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 8 mm.
  • Page 48
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 17: Identifying Spot-Weld Location Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLING COMPONENTS…
  • Page 49
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 18: Identifying Seam-Weld Area On Collar Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Seam-weld the collar into place using 8 welding seams each measuring 30 mm. See the illustration. Install: the wheel arch.
  • Page 50
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 19: Removing Outer Section Of Upper Side Member Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill or grind out the spot welds. Cut off the damaged section.
  • Page 51
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 20: Removing Inner Section Of Upper Side Member Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill or grind out the spot welds. Cut off the damaged section.
  • Page 52
    SPARE WHEEL WELL Remove the outer back piece. See TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL Fig. 21: Removing Spare Wheel Well (1 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 53
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 22: Removing Spare Wheel Well (2 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 23: Removing Spare Wheel Well (3 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 54
    Remove the rear fender. See FENDER . Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE . Fig. 25: Removing Rear Wheel Arch (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 26: Removing Rear Wheel Arch (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 55
    PRINCIPLES OF JOINING Fig. 27: Identifying Cutting Points For C And D-Posts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Roof pillars must be joined as shown in the illustration unless otherwise indicated in the method. Cut the different panel sections with a 50 mm offset. This applies when replacing all roof pillars.
  • Page 56
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE CANTRAIL / ROOF SIDE Fig. 28: Removing Cantrail / Roof Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove components. See: ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012) . Pull or press out the damaged section to make it easier to re-align internal components.
  • Page 57
    INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE CANTRAIL / ROOF SIDE Fig. 29: Installing Cantrail / Roof Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install foam rubber replacement at (1). See: BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM . Secure the replacement part. Saw through the two panels at the cutting points.
  • Page 58
    Remove roof panel. See ROOF PANEL Determine the extent of the damage. See ROOF Fig. 30: Removing Roof Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Seal body. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM Rustproof body. See RUSTPROOFING Install roof panel. See ROOF PANEL…
  • Page 59
    Remove roof section, exposing, see ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012) . For information about roof, see ROOF INSTALLATION Fig. 31: Installing Roof Panel (1 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 32: Installing Roof Panel (2 Of 8)
  • Page 60
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 33: Installing Roof Panel (3 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: 2-component foam, 3M 08463 Fig. 34: Installing Roof Panel (4 Of 8)
  • Page 61
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 35: Installing Roof Panel (5 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Masking tape, 9511050-8 For information about body sealant, sealing diagram, see BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM Fig.
  • Page 62
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 37: Installing Roof Panel (7 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Make sure that the seal is correctly located. Fig. 38: Installing Roof Panel (8 Of 8)
  • Page 63
    3M 08463 Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL . Remove the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING . Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE . Fig. 39: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (1 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 64
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 40: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (2 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Insulation foam, 3M 08463 Fig. 41: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (3 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 65
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 42: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (4 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 43: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (5 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 66
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 44: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (6 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 45: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (7 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 67
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 46: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (8 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the side door’s hinges. See DOOR HALF HINGE Seal the A-pillar. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .
  • Page 68
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 47: 2-component foam, 3M 08463 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: 2-component foam, 3M 08463 To install, reverse the removal procedure BODY SIDE INNER Welding body components.
  • Page 69
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 48: Removing Body Side Inner Section (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 49: Removing Body Side Inner Section (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 70
    Remove. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE . Fig. 51: Alternative Sill Molding Cutting Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Alternative sill molding cutting points. Fig. 52: View Of Sill Molding Reinforcement Assembly…
  • Page 71
    A-pillar. See A-PILLAR  Alternative cutting points. Fig. 53: Identifying Body Sill Weld Points (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 54: Identifying Body Sill Weld Points (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: B-pillar.
  • Page 72
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Rear fender. See FENDER  Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM . Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING Install the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING .
  • Page 73
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 55: Installing Inner Rear Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Apply welding primer. Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 4, 5 mm. Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .
  • Page 74
    Remove the rear section. See REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012) . Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION Fig. 56: Removing External Tail Section (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Alternative cutting points. Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL…
  • Page 75
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 57: Removing External Tail Section (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Insulation foam, 3M 08643 Fig. 58: Removing External Tail Section (3 Of 3)
  • Page 76
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVING THE REAR SECTION SIDE Fig. 59: Removing Rear Section Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Joints should be used to limit the painted surfaces on the rear fender. Grind and drill out the spot welds and bead welds.
  • Page 77
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 60: Installing Side Rear Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Apply welding primer. Secure the replacement part. Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter: Ø 4.5 mm.
  • Page 78
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — Removal, replacement and installation the rear bumper rail. See: REAR BUMPER RAIL.  parts according to: REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING  (2010-2012) . NOTE: Check the whiplash system in the vehicle, seeCOLLISION PROTECTION UNIT…
  • Page 79
    2-component foam 3M 08463 SEALING PRODUCTS Fig. 1: Using Seal, 1161767 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 1. Weatherstrip When replacing sheet metal parts, the joints between the different sheet metal parts shall be sealed according to illustration Use: Seal, 1161767…
  • Page 80
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 2: Spray sealant, 1161651 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 2. Spray sealant The putty can be applied in a bead, be sprayed in a thin layer or brushed on with a paintbrush.
  • Page 81
    Soundproofing foam is installed in hollow spaces to counteract propagation of sound in the body. There are 2 types of approved soundproofing foam: Volvo’s soundproofing foam consists of a wax-treated cylinder 50×50 mm. It can be compressed for installation between metal parts. Several cylinders can be used if one is not enough.
  • Page 82
    1161682 Stone-chip protection 1161815 Underbody protection 116 1298 PREPARATION Fig. 5: Cavity protection, 1161682 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rustproofing diagram for cavity protection Attach the following items: see 9814075  Use: Cavity protection, 1161682  Cavity protection is used for, e. g., weld seams and areas that have been reworked in other ways.
  • Page 83
    Insert the hose in the cavity and spray at the same time as the hose is pulled out slowly. If repairs are made to the body, the areas marked in the illustrations are to rustproof extra thoroughly. Fig. 6: Identifying Areas Rustproofing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 7: Identifying Areas Rustproofing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 84
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 8: Stone-chip protection, 1161815 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rustproofing schedule for stone-chip protection Use: Stone-chip protection, 1161815 Apply stonechip protection to the areas of the vehicle marked in blue in the illustration.
  • Page 85
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information see 9814076 SHEET METAL, MATERIAL INFORMATION STEEL, MATERIAL INFORMATION Fig. 10: Identifying Sheet Metal, Material Information Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 86
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 11: Identifying Steel, Material Information Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 12: Identifying Zinc Area Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 87
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 13: Identifying Zinc Area Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION HSS (High Strength Steel) is a general term for steel material within a specific strength range. The vehicles are built of different steel material, partly to optimize the body (impact safety, rigidity, fuel economy, etc.) and partly to make it as repair-friendly as possible.
  • Page 88
    It is not possible to galvanized BORON steel during the production process. It is therefore very important to rustproof these components extra thoroughly. CAUTION: BORON steel must not be straightened. Fig. 14: Identifying Plastic, Material Information (Rear View) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 89
    GENERAL Volvo bodies are manufactured to the highest quality. All bodywork repairs must therefore take place following the same principles. Use light tools. Take care of the surface coating, electro dip (ED) and phosphating. Always use welding primer between welded panel flanges.
  • Page 90
    ASSEMBLY Spot welding is mainly used when the bodies are manufactured, and use of this method should always be aimed for with a repair. CAUTION: Gas welding must not be used on Volvo bodywork. WARNING: Use ventilation / extraction equipment.
  • Page 91
    10 mm or more for thicknesses above 2.5 mm. Fig. 17: Identifying Welding Lens Diameter Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Test weld several test pieces. Break the panels apart and measure the size of the welding lens diameter (A), see…
  • Page 92
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 18: Identifying Proper Spot Welds On Both Panels Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Use welding primer on all internal flanges. Add filling primer if there is grinding damage.
  • Page 93
    GENERAL Volvo bodies are manufactured to the highest quality. All bodywork repairs must therefore take place following the same principles. Use light tools. Take care of the surface coating, electro dip (ED) and phosphating. Always use welding primer between welded panel flanges.
  • Page 94
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 20: Identifying Welding Symbols Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION There are a number of other assembly methods that are illustrated with the following symbols: 1. Spot weld/spot weld with the location of the weld and lens diameter specified with color (may be replaced with 2) 2.
  • Page 95
    10 mm or more for thicknesses above 2.5 mm. Fig. 21: Identifying Welding Lens Diameter Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Test weld several test pieces. Break the panels apart and measure the size of the welding lens diameter (A), see illustration.
  • Page 96
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame — General Information Fig. 23: Grinding Properly And Improperly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Grind down the plug weld. CAUTION: Only grind welds, not the adjacent panel.
  • Page 97
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General — Removal, replacement and installation ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General — Removal, replacement and installation ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General — Removal, replacement and installation DISMANTLING WORK PRIOR TO BODY REPAIR…
  • Page 98
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General — Removal, replacement and installation side door, see SIDE DOOR  Inflatable curtain, see INFLATABLE CURTAIN (2010-2012)  Front fender widener, see FRONT FENDER WIDENER  fender extension rear, see REAR FENDER WIDENER …
  • Page 99
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General — Removal, replacement and installation Inflatable curtain, see INFLATABLE CURTAIN  Glass sun roof, see GLASS SUN ROOF  Wind deflector sunroof, see WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF  Windshield, see WINDSHIELD …
  • Page 100
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove battery. See BATTERY Fig. 1: Identifying Anti-Lock Brakes And Brake Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: 1. Torque: Anti-lock brakes 14 Nm 2. Torque: Brake pipe M12 with wrench size 11mm…
  • Page 101
    INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Order and download software according to 30667171 Calibrate according to VIDA/DIAGNOSTICS/VEHICLE COMMUNICATION/Advanced/BCM/Calibration (only vehicles with DSTC) using Volvo specific VIDA scan tool. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE (ANTI-SKID) (2011-12) HYDRAULIC UNIT BRAKE SYSTEM REMOVAL VEHICLES WITH STABILITY ASSIST…
  • Page 102
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Brake Control System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 3: Identifying Hydraulic Unit Brake System Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: When installing this component, do not download any new software. INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 103
    METAL PEDALS METAL PEDALS Fig. 1: Removing Original Covers (Manual Transmissions) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Graphic above applies to cars with manual transmissions. Graphic below applies to cars with automatic transmissions Remove the rubber covers from the pedals by grasping the upper edge and pulling backwards.
  • Page 104
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 3: Opening the Tabs Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the accelerator pedal’s metal trimmed rubber cover from the kit.  Hold as shown and fold out the three tabs.
  • Page 105
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 5: Securing New Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull the tabs down slightly and check that the edges of the cover surround the pedal edges. Pull the cover …
  • Page 106
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 7: Peeling Protective Film Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective film from both covers. Ensure that the surfaces of the pedals are clean.  Fig. 8: Positioning Covers…
  • Page 107
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 9: Opening the Tabs Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take one of the remaining covers from the kit.  Hold as shown and fold out the three tabs.
  • Page 108
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 11: Securing New Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull the tabs down slightly and check that the edges of the cover surround the pedal edges. Pull the cover …
  • Page 109
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 13: Positioning Spacers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Position the longer cover, which has markings, in the recess on the brake pedal and press securely. The  thicker part of the cover must point downwards.
  • Page 110
    BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 15: Fitting the Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Hook the cover onto the right-hand shorter side of the pedal, at the same time hold the tabs and pull to the …
  • Page 111
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 17: Identifying The Pedals Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Sport pedals Equipment Fig. 18: Weatherstrip Tool Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Kit contents…
  • Page 112
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 19: Identify the Kit Contents Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 113
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 20: Kit for Manual Transmission Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 21: Verify Clean Surfaces Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 114
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Clean the surface. Fig. 22: Removing Original Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 23: New Cover Fully in Place Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 115
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 24: Use Mirror to Check Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal. CARS WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS Fig.
  • Page 116
    BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 26: Installing New Pad Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Hook the pedal rubber onto the pedal at the lower edge and pull the pedal rubber upward. Fig. 27: Use Tool As Needed…
  • Page 117
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 28: Verify With Mirror Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal. CARS WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS Fig.
  • Page 118
    BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 30: Installing New Pad Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Hook the pedal rubber onto the pedal at the lower edge and pull the pedal rubber upward. Fig. 31: Use Tool as Needed…
  • Page 119
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 32: Verify with Mirror Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal. LEFT HAND DRIVE VEHICLES…
  • Page 120
    48 hours after doing the work. APPLIES TO CARS WITHOUT ENGINE BLOCK HEATERS Fig. 1: Prying Off Panel At Lower Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pry off the panel at the lower edge and remove it. …
  • Page 121
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 2: Identifying Left Front Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cars with 4-cyl. engines Remove the left front wheel.  Cars with 5-cyl. engines Remove both the front wheels.
  • Page 122
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 4: Removing Wheel Arch Lining Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the screws and the plastic nut from the left-hand inner wing.  Fig. 5: Removing Wheel Arch Lining Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION APPLIES TO CARS WITH 4-CYL.
  • Page 123
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 6: Pressing Locking Sleeve Over Cable Splice Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater’s cable on the left side by the stay on the sub- …
  • Page 124
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 8: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the ground lead from the outside of the side member. …
  • Page 125
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 10: Identifying Locking Sleeve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater’s cable on the right side by the stay on the sub- …
  • Page 126
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 12: Identifying Tie Strap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the cable tie that holds the cable to the cable harness at the top in the engine compartment. …
  • Page 127
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 14: Identifying Double Clamp Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the cable from the double clamp by the brake pipe in the top edge of the bulkhead on the left side.
  • Page 128
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 16: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the ground lead from the outside of the side member. …
  • Page 129
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 18: Prying Off Panel At Lower Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pry off the panel at the lower edge and remove it. …
  • Page 130
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 20: Cleaning Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 21: Enlarging Markings On Inside Of Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Enlarge the markings on the inside of the panel.
  • Page 131
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 22: Drilling Out Holes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill out the four holes according to the markings.  Fig. 23: Cleaning Outside Of Panel…
  • Page 132
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 24: Identifying Protective Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective tape from the new panel.  Fig. 25: Identifying Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 133
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 26: Identifying Spacer Washers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Secure the spacer washers around the tree studs on the new panel.  Fig. 27: Inserting Studs Into Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Insert the studs into the new panel in the holes on the old one, and secure.
  • Page 134
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 28: Identifying Locking Washers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Position the panel on a surface that will not damage it when pressing the locking washers into place.
  • Page 135
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 30: Inserting Cable Into New Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Insert the cable through to the engine heater. Ensure the connector is turned so that the cover’s sides are …
  • Page 136
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 32: Installing Cable And Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Insert the cable through the hole for the panel.  Fig. 33: Install Wheel To Wheel Hub Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Reinstall and clamp the loose cables to the heater.
  • Page 137
    Do not wash the vehicle for at least 48 hours after work has been carried out. Fig. 34: Identifying Bumper Casing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Open the boot lid.  Wash the bumper casing and wipe dry.
  • Page 138
    Take the bumper cover from the kit. Mark the center between the middle ribs using a piece of tape.  Fig. 36: Applying Tape And Marking Center Of Bumper Casing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Apply a piece of tape and mark the center of the bumper casing as shown. …
  • Page 139
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 38: Applying Pieces Of Tape To Mark Out Dimensions Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Apply pieces of tape to mark out the dimensions.  Fig. 39: Cleaning Marked Surface Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bumper cover.
  • Page 140
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 40: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective tape from one side.  Fig. 41: Identifying Bumper Cover Center Marking Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Position the bumper cover center marking and the outer corner on the side that had the protective tape …
  • Page 141
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 42: Identifying Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the bumper cover towards the bumper casing over the entire surface.  NOTE: Do not use the vehicle for at least two hours after work has been carried out.
  • Page 142
    The two screws (1) will be reused, place the others to one side.  Fig. 44: View Of Subframe Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the five clips in the subframe and bracket for the radiator. They will not be reused. …
  • Page 143
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 46: View Of Covered Engine Bay Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cover the underneath of the engine with cardboard or similar, so that drilling shavings does not blow up …
  • Page 144
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 47: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rivet the nuts in the drilled holes. Use tool part no. 9512782 .  Fig. 48: View Of New Protective Plate Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new protective plate for marking and drilling holes for the left front mounting.
  • Page 145
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 49: View Of Radiator Bracket Drill Hole Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take a 8.5 mm (21/64″) drill bit and drill through the hole in the engine’s protective plate and through the …
  • Page 146
    Remove the cover from under the engine.  Fig. 51: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rivet the nut in the drilled hole. Use tool part no. 9512782 .  Remove the three pieces of wood, plastic or metal from the inside of the radiator bracket.
  • Page 147
    The two rear screws must have two spacer washers each between the mounting lug and the subframe as shown. Fig. 53: View Of Washers Between Mounting Lug And Subframe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 54: Identifying M8 Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque tighten the M8 screws.
  • Page 148
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 55: Identifying Splash Guard Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the screws for the engine splash guard and remove it.  The two screws (1) will be reused, place the others to one side.
  • Page 149
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 57: View Of Inner Wing Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the screws at the rear edge of the inner wings on both sides. …
  • Page 150
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 59: Identifying Catch Pressed Up Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the catch up. Remove the cover. Do not damage the painted surfaces or the washer nozzles. …
  • Page 151
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 61: Identifying Locating Lugs Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull the bumper cover at the lower edge slightly to access the locating lugs on top of the radiator. …
  • Page 152
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 63: View Of Cutting The Left-Hand Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION shows cutting on the left-hand side.  Fig. 64: View Of Cardboard Covering Rear Edge Engine Bay…
  • Page 153
    Remove the cover from under the engine.  Fig. 65: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rivet the nuts in the drilled holes. Use tool part no. 9512782 .  Fig. 66: View Of Splash Guard Center Line Marking…
  • Page 154
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 67: View Of Radiator Bracket Marking Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Make a longitudinal marking 8.5 mm (21/64″) from the front edge and on the radiator bracket opposite …
  • Page 155
    Do not tighten too hard as the engine splash guard must be adjusted at the front edge according to the made markings. Fig. 69: Identifying Splash Guard Screw And Washer Kit Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 70: View Of Splash Guard Front Mounting Holes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Center the engine splash guard’s two front mounting holes and the center hole above the made markings.
  • Page 156
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 71: View Of Left Front And The Center Mounting Hole Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Now take a loose drill bit with the same diameter as the holes in the front mounting holes and rotate to …
  • Page 157
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 73: View Of Left-Hand Hole Drill Mark Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Use a smooth drill bit head and ensure that the drill bit does not slip off the surface to be drilled, the surface is small in relation to the completed size of the hole.
  • Page 158
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 74: View Of Right-Hand Hole Drill Mark Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Previous graphic applies to the left-hand hole.  Graphic above applies to the right-hand hole.
  • Page 159
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 76: View Of Protective Plate Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new protective plate for marking and drilling the three holes in the mounting. …
  • Page 160
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 78: Identifying Drill Bit P/N 9814112 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the cover beneath the engine.  Take drill bit part no. 9814112 and carefully drill out the three holes.
  • Page 161
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 80: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the engine splash guard using two existing screws and the seven screws with washers from the kit …
  • Page 162
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 82: Tightening Splash Guard With Torque Specifications Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque tighten the M8 screws.  APPLIES TO THE C30 Fig. 83: Identifying Front Bumper Inner Wing…
  • Page 163
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 84: Identifying Front Bumper Inner Wing Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 85: View Of Nozzle Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION SIDE SCUFF PLATE (2009-12)
  • Page 164
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 86: Identifying Ignition Key In 0 Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Set the ignition key to position 0 .  NOTE: Wait at least one minute before unplugging the connectors or removing other electrical equipment.
  • Page 165
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 88: Cleaning Door Sill Panels Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the door sill panels where the decor panel’s cradle is to sit on both sides using isopropanol. …
  • Page 166
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 90: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 91: Identifying Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the panel.  Remove the remains of the rivets.
  • Page 167
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 92: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the cradles for one side from the kit.  The cradles are marked out and only fit in one place.
  • Page 168
    Press the middle of the pieces of mounting tape.  Fig. 94: Drilling Out Marked Out Holes In Cradle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill out the six marked out holes in the cradle using a 6 mm (15/64″) drill bit. …
  • Page 169
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 96: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective tape from the pieces of mounting tape on the rear cradle.  Fig. 97: Aligning Lugs At Front Edge In Rear Cradle In Holes At Front Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Align the lugs at the front edge in the rear cradle in the holes at the front.
  • Page 170
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 98: Pressing Holder Onto Pieces Of Mounting Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the holder onto the pieces of mounting tape.  Fig. 99: Drilling Out Marked Out Holes In Cradle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill out the seven marked out holes in the cradle using a 6 mm (15/64″) drill bit.
  • Page 171
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 100: Riveting Holder To Door Sill Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take pop rivets from the kit. Rivet the holder to the door sill panel. …
  • Page 172
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 102: Hooking Sill Decore Onto Cradle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Hook the sill decor onto the cradle. Align the holes in the panel with the hooks in the cradles.
  • Page 173
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 104: Riveting Mounting Lug To Car Body Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Rivet the mounting lug to the car body with a rivet. Now drill and rivet the holes alternately in front of …
  • Page 174
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Remove any shavings.  Fig. 106: Identifying Central Pin Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 107: Detaching Central Pin From Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: First detach the central pin from the clip by tapping it in and then pulling it out, but leave it inside the clip a few millimeters.
  • Page 175
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 108: Cutting Out Panel At Front Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cut out the panel at the front mounting.  Fig. 109: Identifying Underside Panel…
  • Page 176
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 110: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Do not tighten the clips and screws fully yet. Fig. 111: Identifying Screws And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 177
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 112: Tightening Screws And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten screws and clips.  Repeat steps for the other side.  SKID PLATE, FRONT BUMPER (2009-12)
  • Page 178
     Wipe dry.  Fig. 114: Identifying Air Baffle Center Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the two center screws from the air baffle. They will not be reused.  Fig. 115: Identifying Drilling Template And Skid Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the drilling template and skid plate from the kit and press the drilling template into the hole in the …
  • Page 179
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 116: Identifying Backing Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the backing tape from both templates.  Fig. 117: Identifying Skid Plate And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Secure the skid plate using existing screws.
  • Page 180
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 118: Identifying Skid Plate And Drilling Templates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Now position the skid plate laterally (1). Ensure that the tape on the drilling templates does not adhere …
  • Page 181
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 120: Drilling Out Holes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill out the holes through the taped drilling templates.  Fig. 121: Identifying Drilling Templates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the drilling templates on both sides.
  • Page 182
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 122: Drilling Holes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill the holes to 8 mm (5/16 «) .  Remove the shavings and smooth off the hole edges.
  • Page 183
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 124: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Now carefully pull off the protective tape slightly from each piece of tape on both sides and secure on the …
  • Page 184
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 126: Cleaning Marked Surfaces Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the marked surfaces for the tape to the skid plate using isopropanol.  Wipe dry.
  • Page 185
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 128: Identifying Protection Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Hold the skid plate with one hand at the same time as removing the protective tape. …
  • Page 186
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 130: Identifying Skid Plate And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the skid plate underneath using existing screws.  Fig. 131: Drilling Through Holes In Outer Ends Of Skid Plate And Through Air Baffle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill through the existing holes in the outer ends of the skid plate and through the air baffle.
  • Page 187
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 132: Riveting Skid Plate In Outer Ends Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the rivets from the kit and rivet the skid plate in the outer ends. …
  • Page 188
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 134: Tightening Skid Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the skid plate at the outer ends.  SKID PLATE, REAR BUMPER (2009-12) SKID PLATE, REAR BUMPER Fig.
  • Page 189
    Take extra care not to damage the painted surface of the components. Smooth off the sawn edges with a fine toothed file.  Fig. 136: Sawing Out New Skid Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE Fig. 137: Identifying Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 190
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 138: Cleaning Area Using Isopropanol Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean using isopropanol .  Allow to dry.  Fig. 139: Applying Layer Of Activator Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Apply a thin and even layer of activator to the cleaned surfaces.
  • Page 191
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 140: Painting Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Paint the sensors with color code 426 . Only apply one layer.  CAUTION: Protect the connection’s contact surfaces from paint. Too many layers of paint can result in the function partially or totally disappearing.
  • Page 192
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 142: Drilling Holes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drill holes in the centers of the markings using a 3 mm (7/64) diameter drill bit. …
  • Page 193
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 144: Cleaning Surfaces Where Holders Are Located Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the surfaces where the holders are to be located using isopropanol and wipe dry. …
  • Page 194
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 146: Identifying Holder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the 2 holders from the kit.  Clean the surfaces as shown using a cleaning cloth P/N 9192678 .
  • Page 195
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 148: Identifying Left Side Wheel Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 149: Identifying Right Side Wheel Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 196
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 150: Identifying Bolts And Washers Under Rear Bumper Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 151: Identifying Rear Sill Plates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 197
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 152: Identifying Piece Of Tape On Wind Extender’s Rear Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Attach a piece of tape to the wing extender’s rear section to protect it when removing the bumper cover at …
  • Page 198
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Remove the pieces of tape.  Fig. 154: Identifying Connector For License Plate Lighting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE Fig. 155: Disconnecting Connectors For Center Sensors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connectors for the two center sensors.
  • Page 199
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 156: Prying Up Hooks On Each Sensor Holder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pry up the two hooks on each sensor holder and carefully pull out the sensors. They are to be reused.
  • Page 200
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 158: Prying Off Hooks From Mountings In Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Take extra care when working with the bumper cover and Skid plate.
  • Page 201
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 160: Installing Tape On The Holders Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Attach the tape to the holders.  Fig. 161: Cutting Off Holders With Tape On Both Sides Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cut off the holders with tape on both long sides so that a result is achieved shown below.
  • Page 202
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 162: Identifying Result Of Cutting Off Holders With Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 163: Identifying Centering Tool Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the centering tool in the holder as shown.
  • Page 203
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 164: Identifying Remaining Protective Film Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the remaining protective film.  Fig. 165: Pressing Holders Into Place Using Centering Tool On Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the holders into place using the centering tool on the bumper cover.
  • Page 204
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 166: Identifying Skid Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new Skid plate. Ensure that all the catches engage.  APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE Fig.
  • Page 205
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 168: Identifying Sensors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the two sensors.  Fig. 169: Connecting Connectors To Sensors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Connect the connectors to the sensors.
  • Page 206
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 170: Connecting Connector To Number Plate Lighting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Connect the connector to the number plate lighting and to the parking assistance connector, if applicable. …
  • Page 207
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 172: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 173: Identifying Rear Sill Plates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 208
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 174: Identifying Left Side Wheel Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 175: Identifying Right Side Wheel Arch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 209
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 176: Identifying VIDA (Service Information) To Program Software Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Download software for the accessory’s function according to service information in VIDA (Volvo Scan  Tool).
  • Page 210
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 178: Identifying Left Wheel Arch Lining And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 179: Identifying Bolts And Washers Under Rear Bumper Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 211
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 180: Identifying Rear Sill Plates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 181: Identifying Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bumper cover from the body by carefully prying off the ends using a weatherstrip tool. Pull …
  • Page 212
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 182: Identifying Connector For License Plate Lighting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Unplug the connector for the license plate lighting on the left side. If the car is equipped with reverse …
  • Page 213
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 184: Identifying Fender Liner With Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the fender liner with the three clips from the panel’s clips by first pressing it in until the three clips …
  • Page 214
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 186: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 187: Identifying Front Fender’s Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully bend loose the front fender’s panel starting at the leading edge and then backward. Bend with …
  • Page 215
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 188: Identifying Fender Liner Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the fender liner with the three clips from the panel’s clips by first pressing it in until the three clips …
  • Page 216
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories APPLIES TO CARS WITH 4-CYLINDER ENGINE WHERE ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATER IS INSTALLED Fig. 190: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the seven screws from the engine splash guard. …
  • Page 217
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 192: Identifying Nut Holding Wing Liner At Left-Hand Front Member Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the nut holding the left-hand wing liner to the front member. …
  • Page 218
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 194: Identifying Cable Pressed Into Previously Installed Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the cable from the double clamp (1) at the brake pipe and from clamps along the side member’s …
  • Page 219
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 196: Identifying Tie Strap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cut off the cable tie (1) that holds the cable to the left radiator bracket. …
  • Page 220
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 198: Identifying Screws Holding Bumper Cover At Left-Hand Wing Liner Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the left and right-hand front wheels.  Remove the five screws holding the bumper cover in the wing liner on the left and right-hand sides.
  • Page 221
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 200: Identifying Locking Sleeve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater’s cable on the right side by the stay on the sub- …
  • Page 222
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 202: Identifying Tie Strap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the cable tie that holds the cable to the cable harness at the top in the engine compartment. …
  • Page 223
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 204: Identifying Double Clamp Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the cable from the double clamp by the brake pipe in the top edge of the bulkhead on the left side.
  • Page 224
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 206: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Does not apply to cars for USA. Loosen the ground cable from the leading edge of the side member’s outside.
  • Page 225
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 208: Identifying Clips And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Push in the center of the five clips (1). Remove the clips.  Remove the two screws (2).
  • Page 226
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 210: Identifying Catch Pressed Up Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the catch up and remove the cover. Do not damage the painted surfaces or the high-pressure washer …
  • Page 227
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 212: Identifying Corner Of Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pry off the corner of the bumper cover using a weatherstrip tool until the three hooks on the …
  • Page 228
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 214: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 215: Identifying Bottom Sill’s Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Drive out the center pin in the clips on the underside of the bottom sill’s panel. On the two front clips, the …
  • Page 229
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 216: Identifying Bottom Sill’s Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bottom sill’s panel by carefully bending it loose directly opposite the clips along its entire …
  • Page 230
     Fig. 218: Bending And Pulling Loose Bumper’s Lower Part From Upper Part Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Get help from a colleague for this procedure. Place the bumper casing on a surface that will not damage the painted surface.
  • Page 231
    Do not damage the painted surface on the upper part. Fig. 220: Pressing In Clips For Cable Harness For Reverse Warning In Spoiler’s Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Applies to cars with reverse warning Press in the clips for the cable harness for the reverse warning in the spoiler’s catches.
  • Page 232
    Fig. 222: Inserting Plastic String For Towing Eye’s In Rectangular Hole In Lower Edge Of Opening Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Insert the plastic string for the towing eye’s in the rectangular hole in the lower edge of the opening.
  • Page 233
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 224: Connecting Connector To Number Plate Lighting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 225: Identifying Bumper Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 234
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 226: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 227: Identifying Rear Sill Plates Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION FRONT SPOILER…
  • Page 235
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 228: Loosening Holder From Bumper Casing’s Upper Part Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Loosen the holder from the bumper casing’s upper part on both sides. …
  • Page 236
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 230: Cleaning Areas Underneath Spoiler Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Take the front spoiler from the kit.  NOTE: The unpainted spoiler must be painted first.
  • Page 237
    ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 232: Securing Anti-Chafing Protector Aling Edges Of Spoiler Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Position and secure the anti-chafing protector along the edges of the spoiler at the rear edge.
  • Page 238
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 234: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective tape from the anti-chafing protector.  Fig. 235: Identifying Anti-Chafing Protector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the anti-chafing protector into place.
  • Page 239
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 236: Identifying Protective Tape Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the protective tape from the anti-chafing protector.  Fig. 237: Identifying Anti-Chafing Protector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the anti-chafing protector into place.
  • Page 240
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 238: Identifying Front Spoiler Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the front spoiler into the upper section.  Make sure that all catches engage. …
  • Page 241
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 240: Identifying Clips And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Secure the bumper casing with the clips (1) and screws (2).  Fig. 241: Pulling Up High-Pressure Nozzle From Bumper Casing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull up the high-pressure nozzle from the bumper casing and install the covers on both sides.
  • Page 242
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 242: Identifying Spoiler’s Brackets And Baffle’s Outer Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the spoiler’s brackets to the baffle.  Tighten the baffle’s outer screw on both sides.
  • Page 243
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 244: Identifying Fog Light Panel (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION DOOR SILL PANEL Fig. 245: Identifying Bottom Sill Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Get a new bottom sill panel and new clips from the kit.
  • Page 244
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 246: Pressing In New Panel In Bottom Sill Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press in the new panel in the bottom sill. Make sure all catches engage. …
  • Page 245
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 248: Identifying Clips And Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Get the new panel and new clips for the fender edge from the kit. …
  • Page 246
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 250: Identifying Fender Liner And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Reinstall the fender liner.  Get new clips from the kit and press in to the fender liner.
  • Page 247
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 252: Identifying Screws On Front Fender Front Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 253: Identifying Screws On Front Fender Rear Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 248
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 254: Identifying Screws On Rear Fender Front Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 255: Identifying Screws On Rear Fender Rear Edge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Repeat for all wheel housing edges.
  • Page 249
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 256: Identifying Body Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 257: Turning Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 250
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 258: Cleaning Area Where Mudflap Is To Be Positioned Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 259: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 251
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 260: Identifying Rivets And Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 261: Identifying Mud Guards, Front Drilling Location Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 252
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 262: Identifying Body Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 263: Identifying Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 253
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 264: Cleaning Installation Area Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 265: Removing Fender Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 254
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 266: Installing Rear Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 267: Identifying Drilling Location Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 255
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 268: Install Wheel And Tighten To Specification Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION MUDFLAPS (2010-12) MUDFLAPS Fig. 269: Identifying Body Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 256
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 270: Turning Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Turn the wheel.  Fig. 271: Cleaning Area Where Mudflap Is To Be Positioned Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the area where the mudflap is to be positioned.
  • Page 257
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 272: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 273: Identifying Rivets And Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 258
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 274: Drilling Hole For Rivet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 275: Identifying Body Section Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 259
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 276: Identifying Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 277: Identifying Rivets Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: These will not be reused.
  • Page 260
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 278: Identifying Area That Is To Be Cleaned Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the area where the mudflap is to be positioned.  Fig. 279: Identifying Wing Liner Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the wing liner out of the way.
  • Page 261
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 280: Identifying Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the clip.  Fig. 281: Identifying Mudflap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the inner wing back and install the mudflap.
  • Page 262
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 282: Identifying Rivets Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 283: Drilling Hole For Rivet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 263
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 284: Install And Tighten Wheel To Wheel Hub Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Wheel to wheel hub tightening torque: Step 1: Wheel to wheel hub, 20 Nm.
  • Page 264
    COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL VEHICLES EARLY VERSION Fig. 1: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 2: Identifying Bumper Screws On Inner Front Fender Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR…
  • Page 265
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 3: Identifying Rear Fender Splash Guard Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITH FRONT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR Fig. 4: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws…
  • Page 266
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 5: Identifying Rear Bumper Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ALL VEHICLES Fig. 6: Identifying Front Bumper Removal Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.
  • Page 267
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 7: Identifying Fog Light Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS Fig. 8: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws…
  • Page 268
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 9: Identifying Fog Light Removal Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: headlight washers, see HEADLIGHT WASHERS  Front fog lights, see FRONT FOG LIGHTS …
  • Page 269
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 11: Identifying Mating Face Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces. On both sides. Fig. 12: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame…
  • Page 270
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 13: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Inner Front Fender Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION On both sides. VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR Fig.
  • Page 271
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 15: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS Fig. 16: Identifying Under Carriage Bumper Attachment Screws…
  • Page 272
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 17: Identifying Complete Front Bumper Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician. On both sides.
  • Page 273
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 19: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ALL VEHICLES Remove the following items: radiator grille, see RADIATOR GRILLE …
  • Page 274
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVAL Fig. 21: Identifying Mating Face Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces. On both sides. Fig. 22: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame…
  • Page 275
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 23: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Inner Front Fender Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION On both sides. VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR Fig.
  • Page 276
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 25: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS Fig. 26: Identifying Under Carriage Bumper Attachment Screws…
  • Page 277
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 27: Identifying Complete Front Bumper Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.
  • Page 278
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 29: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ALL VEHICLES Remove the following items: radiator grille, see RADIATOR GRILLE …
  • Page 279
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 31: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (1 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 32: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (2 Of 9)
  • Page 280
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 33: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (3 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION On both sides. Fig. 34: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (4 Of 9)
  • Page 281
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 35: Early Version (1 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician. On both sides.
  • Page 282
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 37: Early Version (3 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION On both sides. Fig. 38: Early Version (4 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 283
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 39: Early Version (5 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES LATE VERSION Fig. 40: Late Version (1 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.
  • Page 284
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 42: Late Version (3 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 43: Late Version (4 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 285
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 44: Late Version (5 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 45: Late Version (6 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 286
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 47: Late Version (8 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ALL VEHICLES Fig. 48: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (5 Of 9)
  • Page 287
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 49: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (6 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 50: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (7 Of 9)
  • Page 288
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 51: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (8 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 52: Removing Rear Bumper Cover — All Versions (9 Of 9)
  • Page 289
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 53: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (1 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 54: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (2 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 290
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 56: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (4 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 57: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (5 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.
  • Page 291
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 58: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (6 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 59: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (7 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 292
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 60: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (8 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 61: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (9 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 293
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 63: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (11 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 64: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (12 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 294
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 65: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (13 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 66: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (14 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 295
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 68: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (16 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 69: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (17 Of 17) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 296
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 70: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (1 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 71: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (2 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 297
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 73: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (4 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires assistance from another technician.
  • Page 298
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 75: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (6 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 76: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (7 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 299
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 78: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (9 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2010 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL Fig.
  • Page 300
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 80: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (2 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES WITH REAR UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR Fig. 81: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — Vehicles With Rear Underbody Air Deflector…
  • Page 301
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 82: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — Vehicles Without Underbody Air Deflectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ALL VEHICLES Fig. 83: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (3 Of 8)
  • Page 302
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 84: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (4 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 85: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (5 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 303
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 87: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (7 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 88: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section — All Vehicles (8 Of 8)
  • Page 304
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 89: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (1 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 90: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (2 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.
  • Page 305
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 91: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (3 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 92: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (4 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 306
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo — C30 & C70 CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo — C30 & C70 CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo — C30 & C70 REMOVAL & INSTALLATION NOTE: Manufacturer’s terminology for this filter is passenger compartment air cleaner or particle filter.
  • Page 307
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo — C30 & C70 the 3 screws and raise the cover  Fig. 2: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the filter by pulling it out behind the brake pedal.
  • Page 308
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo — C30 & C70 Fig. 3: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: The direction of the air flow is indicated on the top of the filter. Ensure that the filter is installed with the text side facing up and so that the arrows on the filter point straight back into the vehicle.
  • Page 309
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical ELECTRICAL Body Electrical ELECTRICAL Body Electrical CAN NETWORK FAULT TRACING ON CAN NETWORK SIGNAL MISSING GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: Illustrations shown are only examples. HINT: For general information about CAN-troubleshooting: see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK …
  • Page 310
    Central electronic module (CEM) should not be replaced in case of CAN- fault, unless troubleshooting reveals that Central electronic module (CEM) has an internal fault. Fig. 1: View Of Control Module Block Diagram, Communications Network, And Trouble Codes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Continue  Refer to CHECKING RESISTANCE IN CAN-NET CHECKING RESISTANCE IN CAN-NET Fig.
  • Page 311
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.  For general information about CAN-troubleshooting: see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK  Measure resistance between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.
  • Page 312
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 3: Identifying Resistance Measurement In Low-Speed Net LS CAN Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Was a fault detected?  Refer to VERIFICATION  Refer to CHECKING SHORT-CIRCUITING TO GROUND/VOLTAGE IN CAN-NET CHECKING THE TRAFFIC LOAD ON THE CAN CABLES Fig.
  • Page 313
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Faults in the CAN network may be due to a control module sending faulty messages that disrupt normal communication. When messages are sent incorrectly, this results in a considerable increase in the amount of traffic on the CAN network.
  • Page 314
    TROUBLESHOOTING USING DICE ERROR FRAME FINDER  see CHECKING WIRING AND TERMINALS  Fig. 5: Identifying PCM Wiring Terminals Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Was a fault detected?  Refer to IDENTIFYING A CONTROL MODULE IN THE CAN NETWORK …
  • Page 315
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical For general information about CAN-troubleshooting: see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK  HINT: DiCE can be used as fault detection tool if fault is suspected on the CAN-net that cannot be detected with normal troubleshooting.
  • Page 316
    For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery to «restart» the control module/CAN-net. Fig. 7: Identifying CCM Schematic Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Continue  Refer to VERIFICATION VERIFICATION HINT: Once a fault has been repaired, conduct a verification to check that the fault has been remedied.
  • Page 317
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 9: Identifying Belt Routing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Reinstall the connectors, components etc.  Ignition on  NOTE: For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery to «restart»…
  • Page 318
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.  For general information about CAN-troubleshooting: see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK  Checking for a short-circuit to ground Measure resistance between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.
  • Page 319
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 11: Identifying OWS Schematic Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Was a fault detected?  Refer to VERIFICATION  Refer to CHECKING THE TRAFFIC LOAD ON THE CAN CABLES CHECKING VOLTAGE-DROP IN CABLE FOR CAN-H AND CAN-L, RESPECTIVELY Fig.
  • Page 320
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical In principle, the voltage measured in each cable in the CAN-net shall be the same at each control module in the network. This means that the voltage-drop in the cable for CAN-H and CAN-L, respectively, between the control modules should be very low.
  • Page 321
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 13: Identifying DIM Wiring Terminals Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Continue  Refer to VERIFICATION INFORMATION FAULT-TRACING INFORMATION The fault should have been detected and remedied. As this is not the case fault-tracing has failed.
  • Page 322
    Wait at least five minutes before disassembling the connectors or removing other electrical equipment. Fig. 1: Identifying Door Handle Internal Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the door handle’s interior panel Carefully pry loose the door handle’s small interior panel by positioning a weatherstrip in the joint …
  • Page 323
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 2: Identifying Door Handle Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pry around the door handle panel with door module so that the six clips release and the …
  • Page 324
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 4: Identifying Door Module Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Removing the door module Remove the four screws holding the door module at the panel. …
  • Page 325
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 5: Attaching Sun Visor To Top Of Child Seat Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The sun visor can be attached to the top of the child seat with the press studs.
  • Page 326
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 7: Child Seat Sun Visor (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The sun visor can also be secured in the seat belt lead-ins in the seat backrest. …
  • Page 327
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 9: Identifying Luggage Compartment Windows Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLING Fig. 10: Identifying Sun Blind Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 328
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 11: View Of Sun Blind Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 12: Identifying Sun Blind Clips Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION REMOVING NOTE: When removing the sun blind, hold the clips by the rear windscreen so that they…
  • Page 329
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 13: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (1 of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 14: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (2 of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 330
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 15: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (3 of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 16: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (4 of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 331
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 17: Identifying Rear Side Window Sun Blind Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 18: Installing Rear Side Window Sun Blind Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 332
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 19: View Of Rear Side Window Sun Blind Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ARMREST, REAR SEAT (2007-2008) ARMREST, REAR SEAT REMOVE Fig. 20: Identifying Backrest Panel…
  • Page 333
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 21: Identifying Rear Seat Cushion Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull off the seat cushion, first at the rear edge where it is secured by one holder. Then at the front edge …
  • Page 334
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 23: Identifying Armrest Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 24: Removing Backrest Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the backrest away from the left-hand mounting.
  • Page 335
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 25: View Of Control Arm Lug Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 26: Identifying Control Arm Lug Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new bearing on the backrest’s shaft journal. Ensure that the control arm’s lug (1) locates in the …
  • Page 336
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 27: Reinstall The Backrest Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Reinstall the backrest. Check that it is securely in its mountings.  Fig. 28: View Of Screw And Lock Pin Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Secure the backrest in the left-hand mounting with the screw and lock pin.
  • Page 337
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 29: Installing Backrest Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 30: Repositioning Backseat Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Repeat points for the other backrest. …
  • Page 338
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 31: Identifying Central Arm Rest Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the central armrest by grasping each end, moving it up towards the backrest lugs (1) and aligning …
  • Page 339
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 33: Identifying Passenger Seat Backrest Forward Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the passenger seat backrest forward.  Fig. 34: View Of Seat Runners Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Slide the front seat as far forward as possible so that the seat wings are visible.
  • Page 340
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 35: View Of Seat Runner Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the seat wings on the left side by using a screwdriver to pry between the wings and the seat rail …
  • Page 341
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 37: Tighten Nut Jacket On Eyelet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the nut jacket on the eyelet on the left and right side.  NOTE: Store the removed seat wings in a suitable spot so that they can be reinstalled if the child seat eyelets are removed.
  • Page 342
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 38: Folding Backrest Forward On Front Passenger Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the backrest forward on the front passenger side.  INSTALL Fig. 39: ISOFIX Attachment And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the ISOFIX attachment to the SIPS tube with the four screws from the kit.
  • Page 343
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories REMOVE / INSTALL Fig. 40: Identifying RH Tunnel Console Floor Carpet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold down the floor carpet on the right-hand side of the tunnel console.  Fig. 41: View Of Center Console Mounting Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the rear screw in the center console mounting.
  • Page 344
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 42: Identifying LH Mounting Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the left-hand mounting with the existing screw. Torque tighten the screw to 24 Nm (18 lbf. ft.) . …
  • Page 345
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 44: View Of Floor Carpet Mounting Eyelet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Make a small cut in the floor carpet opposite the marking, equally as wide as the mounting eyelet.
  • Page 346
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 46: Identifying Cover Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the cover panel over the front right-hand mounting by carefully prizing it off with a weatherstrip …
  • Page 347
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 48: Identifying T-Shape Cut In Carpet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 49: View Of Mounting Eyelet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Insert the mounting eyelet through the small cut in the floor carpet. Position the mounting over the hole …
  • Page 348
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 50: View Of Mounting Eyelet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CHILD SEAT, PROTECTIVE CUSHION (2007-2012) CHILD SEAT, PROTECTIVE CUSHION (2007-2009) REMOVE / INSTALL Fig. 51: View Of Protective Cushion In Position…
  • Page 349
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 52: Washing Back Of Child Seat Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Wash the back of the child seat for affixing the Velcro strap using a mixture of 30% washer fluid and …
  • Page 350
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Fig. 54: View Of Velcro Strap On The Centre Of Backrest Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull off the protective tape from the detached Velcro strap. …
  • Page 351
    Fold the backrest forward on the front passenger side.  Fig. 56: ISOFIX Attachment And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the ISOFIX attachment to the SIPS tube with the four screws from the kit. Tighten the screws to 10 …
  • Page 352
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior — Installation Instructions, Accessories Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Illustration applies to the rear seat and car models Fig. 58: Identifying Isofix Guide Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Installing the Isofix guide: Press the Isofix guide (1) into place between the backrest and seat cushion.
  • Page 353
    LOCATING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT/DOOR MIRROR Fig. 1: Identifying Climate Control System Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 1. Climate control unit (ECC or MCC) 2. Outside temperature sensor (left-hand side) 3. Passenger compartment temperature sensor (ECC)
  • Page 354
    5. Climate control unit 6. Air quality sensor (AQS). LOCATION OF THE CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT COMPONENTS Fig. 2: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 1. Heat exchanger 2. Evaporator 3. Fan motor 4. Damper motor module (DMM) air distribution 5.
  • Page 355
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Compartment Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 1. Compressor 2. The pipe/hose between the compressor and the condenser 3. Condenser 4. Service valve HT, draining/vacuum pumping 5.
  • Page 356
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 4: Identifying Passenger Compartment Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Overview, passenger compartment 1. Climate control module (CCM) 2. Switch for STC/DSTC 3. Passenger compartment temperature sensor with blower fan 4.
  • Page 357
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 5: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Overview, climate control unit 1. Damper motor module (DMM) recirculation 2. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature right. Only applies to vehicles equipped with ECC 3.
  • Page 358
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 6: Identifying Passenger Compartment Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Overview, passenger compartment 1. Climate control module (CCM) 2. Switch tunnel console front 3. Switch tunnel console rear 4. Passenger compartment temperature sensor with blower fan 5.
  • Page 359
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 7: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Overview, climate control unit 1. Damper motor module (DMM) recirculation 2. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature right 3. Damper motor module (DMM) defroster 4.
  • Page 360
    The engine coolant heater is located in the rear right-hand part of the engine compartment. Fig. 8: Identifying Engine Coolant Heater Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Main components: 1. Engine coolant heater with radiator hose connections, exhaust system and external water pump (D5WS and B5WS) 2.
  • Page 361
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 9: Identifying Booster Heater Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 362
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Booster Heater Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION 1. Combustion preheater module (CPM) 2. Fan shroud 3. Fan motor 4. Heat exchanger together with housing 5.
  • Page 363
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Component Location Fig. 11: Identifying Water Pump (Parking Heater), Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) And Fuel Pump (FP) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Overview 1. Water pump (parking heater) 2. Combustion preheater module (CPM)
  • Page 364
    Some variation may occur. However, the essential information is always correct. PREPARATORY WORK IMPORTANT INFORMATION Fig. 1: Identifying Climate Control Module Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The unit is a complete control module that has many different functions in addition to controlling the climate functions. REMOVAL…
  • Page 365
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE Ignition off. Fig. 2: Identifying 4 Hidden Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the panel inside the center console. It is secured with 4 hidden clips.
  • Page 366
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 3: Identifying Radio Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the radio panel. It is secured with 2 hidden hooks. HINT: Insert a small screwdriver and push the hooks away, 1 per side.
  • Page 367
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 4: Identifying Infotainment Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the infotainment control module (ICM). It is secured with 2 hidden clips. HINT: Grip the infotainment control module (ICM) with both hands. Push the control module straight out of the center console.
  • Page 368
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 5: Identifying 4 Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the panel. See: POWER SOCKET 12V (2007) or POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)  the 4 screws. …
  • Page 369
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 6: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 8 screws. …
  • Page 370
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 7: Identifying Climate Control Module (CCM) Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the 4 screws  the climate control module (CCM).  INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM) CAUTION: Tighten the screws carefully.
  • Page 371
    PROGRAMMING CUSTOMER PARAMETERS AND ADJUSTING DAMPER MOTORS Reprogram the customer programmed data Carry out self-adjustment of the damper motor end positions. This is carried out in VIDA (Volvo scan tool) Vehicle communication. Test drive the vehicle. Check that the engine and climate control system are functioning.
  • Page 372
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 8: Identifying Ventilation Grilles And Vent Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the ventilation grilles. Pry off the grilles from inside  the vent housing by prying up the hooks. See the illustration …
  • Page 373
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation REMOVING OUTER VENTILATION VENTS Fig. 9: Identifying Ventilation Grilles And Vent Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the ventilation grilles. Pry off the grilles from outside …
  • Page 374
    Remove the accelerator pedal (AP). See ACCELERATOR PEDAL . REMOVAL REMOVING THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AIR CLEANER (ACL) Fig. 10: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold the floor carpet out of the way. Remove: the 3 screws and raise the cover…
  • Page 375
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 11: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the filter by pulling it out behind the brake pedal.  INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AIR CLEANER (ACL)
  • Page 376
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 12: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: The direction of the air flow is indicated on the top of the filter. Ensure that the filter is installed with the text side facing up and so that the arrows on the filter point straight back into the vehicle.
  • Page 377
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 13: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm Fig. 14: Identifying Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 378
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 15: Identifying Pollen Filter Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 16: Identifying Air Flow Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VENTILATION DUCT FOOT SPACE REAR REMOVE / INSTALL…
  • Page 379
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 17: Identifying Air Ducts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT DASHBOARD LOUDSPEAKER, REPLACING REMOVING THE AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT FROM THE DASHBOARD…
  • Page 380
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 18: Identifying Air Distribution Unit Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD . Turn the dashboard upside down. Remove the 3 screws and the 2 tie straps. Lift up the cable duct.
  • Page 381
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 19: Identifying Air Duct Outer Vent Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD Turn the dashboard upside down. Remove the screw and pull the duct away from the air vent.
  • Page 382
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the soundproofing panel on the driver’s side. See: INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER  the air duct on the driver’s side. Slacken off the screw a few turns and pry off the air duct …
  • Page 383
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the front seat as described in, see FRONT SEAT  the tunnel compartment. See: FLOOR CONSOLE  the front sill trim panel. See: SILL EDGE …
  • Page 384
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 21: Identifying Air Duct Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove center console. See: REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE. Pull down the top of the air duct. Angle the duct out from the dashboard. Remove the duct.
  • Page 385
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 22: Identifying Front Side Door Sill Trim Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull the rear edge straight up. Ease out the front mount against the dashboard.
  • Page 386
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 23: Identifying Removal Of Sill Trim Panel From Rear Side Door Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull the front edge straight up. Ease out the rear mount against the C-post panel.
  • Page 387
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 24: Identifying Removal Of Sill Trim Panel Trunk Lid Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the cargo compartment floor. Remove the 2 screw clips. Pull the sill trim panel straight up.
  • Page 388
    REMOVING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR TEMPERATURE Fig. 25: Identifying Screws And Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector. HINT: Using a small electrician’s screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.
  • Page 389
     the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD  NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) temperature. See VIDA (Volvo scan tool) Vehicle communication. FINISHING TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
  • Page 390
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 26: Identifying Screws And Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector. HINT: Using a small electrician’s screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.
  • Page 391
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) air distribution. See VIDA (Volvo scan tool) Vehicle communication. FINISHING TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
  • Page 392
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 27: Identifying Screws And Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector. HINT: Using a small electrician’s screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.
  • Page 393
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation. See VIDA (Volvo scan tool) Vehicle communication. FINISHING TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
  • Page 394
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 28: Identifying Screws And Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector. HINT: Using a small electrician’s screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.
  • Page 395
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) defroster. See VIDA (Volvo scan tool) Vehicle communication. FINISHING TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
  • Page 396
    REMOVING THE AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS) Fig. 30: Air Quality Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The air quality sensor (AQS) is located in front of the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation. Turn the air quality sensor (AQS) approximately 60 degrees counter-clockwise.
  • Page 397
    PREPARATORY WORK Remove the cowl. See PLENUM CHAMBER . CHECK CHECKING AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS) Fig. 31: Identifying Air Quality Sensor (AQS) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Start the car with the climate control system automatic button in the ON position.
  • Page 398
    Wipe away any fluid around the air quality sensor (AQS). Install the cowl. See: PLENUM CHAMBER AIR QUALITY SENSOR (2008-2012) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Remove glove compartment, see GLOVE COMPARTMENT Fig. 32: Identifying Air Quality Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 399
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 33: Identifying Sensor Rotating 60 Degrees Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION BLOWER MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Special tools: see 9997115 NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 400
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 34: Identifying Air Distribution Damper Cover Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the air quality sensor (AQS)  the connector for the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation …
  • Page 401
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 35: Identifying Catch On Connector For Fan Motor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press in the catch on the connector for the fan motor and pull straight out.
  • Page 402
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 36: Identifying Lock Button And Limit Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the lock button (1). Turn the fan motor counter-clockwise to the limit position (2).
  • Page 403
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 37: Identifying Blower Fan Motor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the fan motor from the passenger side. Use: see 9997115 . INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR…
  • Page 404
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 38: Identifying Blower Fan Motor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Place the fan motor in the correct position for installation. Use: see 9997115 . NOTE: Turn the fan motor to the position for installation.
  • Page 405
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Test the operation of the fan motor. Install the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD CLIMATE UNITS NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
  • Page 406
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 39: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Raise the vehicle. Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.
  • Page 407
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 40: Identifying Dashboard Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD REMOVAL REMOVING THE CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT…
  • Page 408
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 41: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 screws and remove the right-hand half of the lead-in.  the section that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart.
  • Page 409
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 42: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up both air conditioning (A/C) hoses from their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret. Remove the 1 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration.
  • Page 410
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 43: Identifying Drainage Hose From Lower Connection On Right-Hand Side Under Heat Exchanger Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the drainage hose from the lower connection on the right-hand side under the heat exchanger housing …
  • Page 411
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the 1 M8 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator in the engine compartment.  Tighten both the air conditioning (A/C) hoses in their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret …
  • Page 412
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 44: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT  the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips …
  • Page 413
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil. NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system. Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .
  • Page 414
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 45: Identifying Nut Under Front Fender Liner On Right-Hand Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the nut under the front fender liner on the right-hand side. See the illustration. NOTE: Lubricate the thread using a little rustproofing agent so that the pressed in screw does not come loose.
  • Page 415
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 46: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the pipe / hose connection to the receiver. See the illustration.
  • Page 416
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 47: Identifying Pipe Coupling Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screw (A) for the pipe coupling  the 3 screws (B) for mounting the receiver. …
  • Page 417
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the receiver together with 3 M8 screws. Tighten.  the pipe couplings, 2 x M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the screws.  the M8 nut below the fender liner. Tighten.
  • Page 418
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 48: Identifying Screws For Right-Hand Mounting Bracket, Clamps For Cable Harness And Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the cable harness from the mounting bracket. This is secured with 2 clips …
  • Page 419
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 49: Identifying Preheater Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Do not perform any work on the electrical preheater until the heating coil has cooled to ambient temperature.
  • Page 420
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the 3 connectors  the cable harness on the mounting bracket using the 2 clips  the right-hand mounting bracket using the 4 screws (of which 3 M8). Tighten.
  • Page 421
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 50: Identifying Screws For Right-Hand Mounting Bracket, Clamps For Cable Harness And Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the cable harness from the mounting bracket. This is secured with 2 clips …
  • Page 422
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 51: Identifying Preheater Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Do not perform any work on the electrical preheater until the heating coil has cooled to ambient temperature.
  • Page 423
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the 3 connectors  the cable harness on the mounting bracket using the 2 clips  the right-hand mounting bracket using the 4 screws (of which 3 M8). Tighten.
  • Page 424
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 52: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Draining coolant and removing the engine splash guard. Remove: the cover for the expansion tank and raise the vehicle …
  • Page 425
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 54: Identifying Climate Control Unit Brackets, Air Duct And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the brackets on both sides of the climate control unit and the screws, 3 per bracket …
  • Page 426
    Press the pipes towards the firewall so that they protrude into the engine compartment. HINT: To facilitate, also route the pipes from the engine compartment. Fig. 56: Identifying Screws And Lead-In’s Right Half Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 x screws and the lead-in’s right half.
  • Page 427
    Use new O-rings for the pipe ends. Install the pipes at the connection to the heat exchanger pipes. Fig. 57: Identifying Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the clips so that they lock securely. A click must be heard. NOTE: The clips only fit one way in the pipe connection.
  • Page 428
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Install: the 8 x screws for the cover. Tighten  the air duct  the brackets on both sides of the climate control unit and the screws, 3 per bracket. Tighten.
  • Page 429
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 59: Identifying Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor (ECC Only) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION REMOVING COMPONENTS Fig. 60: Identifying 4 Hidden Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use a weatherstrip tool and remove the panel inside the center console. It is secured with 4 hidden clips.
  • Page 430
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 61: Identifying Driver’s Side Soundproofing Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the end cover on the left-hand side. Use a weatherstrip tool and start at the rear edge. Remove the 3 screws and the clip for the driver’s side soundproofing panel. Leave the soundproofing panel hanging from the cable harness.
  • Page 431
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 62: Identifying Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector. Press in the catches. Lift straight up. INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR…
  • Page 432
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
  • Page 433
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 63: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the cover under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. REMOVAL REMOVING COMPRESSOR…
  • Page 434
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 64: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the connector to the magnetic clutch  the pipe connections for the compressor (1) and (2).
  • Page 435
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 65: Identifying Compressor Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the 3 mounting screws for the compressor.  Remove the compressor. INSTALLATION NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 436
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 66: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Position the compressor. Fasten the compressor with screws, 3 pcs. M8  Install the longest screw in the rear mounting …
  • Page 437
    CHECKING THE PERFORMANCE Fig. 67: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips. Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
  • Page 438
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
  • Page 439
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 68: Identifying Nut Under Front Fender Liner On Right-Hand Side Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the nut under the front fender liner on the right-hand side. See the illustration. NOTE: Lubricate the thread using a little rustproofing agent so that the pressed in screw does not come loose.
  • Page 440
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 69: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the pipe / hose connection to the receiver. See the illustration.
  • Page 441
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 70: Identifying Pipe Coupling Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screw (A) for the pipe coupling  the 3 screws (B) for mounting the receiver. …
  • Page 442
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the receiver together with 3 M8 screws. Tighten  the pipe couplings, 2 x M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the screws  the M8 nut below the fender liner. Tighten …
  • Page 443
    Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system. Drain the refrigerant from the AC-system acc. to: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING . REMOVING COMPONENTS Fig. 71: Identifying Rear Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER …
  • Page 444
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 72: Removing The Condenser Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press in the catch. Carefully pry off both sides using a screwdriver. Remove the condenser from the air conditioning unit.
  • Page 445
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 73: Installing The Condenser Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fill the condenser with oil. See AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING . Press the condenser into the mounting points. NOTE: Ensure that both retaining clips secure the condenser.
  • Page 446
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 74: Identifying Rear Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the air conditioning unit. See: RADIATOR (B5254T3, B5254T7) or RADIATOR (B5244S4)  the 2 M8 screws (1) and (2) at the condenser connection (see the illustration). Tighten.
  • Page 447
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation CONDENSER (B5254T7) NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
  • Page 448
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 75: Identifying Screws And Cover From Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 4 screws  the cover from the frame. …
  • Page 449
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 76: Identifying Condenser Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift the condenser straight up. INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE CONDENSER…
  • Page 450
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 77: Identifying Screws And Cover From Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fill the condenser with oil. See AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING . Install: the condenser  the cover for the frame …
  • Page 451
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Leak trace the system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) . ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCH Special tools:…
  • Page 452
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 78: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Raise the vehicle. Remove: the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration …
  • Page 453
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 79: Identifying Right-Hand Screw Securing Air Baffle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the 5 screws and the plastic nut. Detach the front edge of the right-hand fender liner. Fold the fender …
  • Page 454
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 80: Identifying Clutch Plate And Counterhold Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screw for the flex plate. Use: see 9995596 …
  • Page 455
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 81: Identifying Shims Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the flex plate. Use: see 9995596 …
  • Page 456
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 82: Identifying Snap Ring Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the snap ring. …
  • Page 457
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 83: Identifying Puller And Socket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull off the pulley. Use: see 9995598 and: see 9995599 .
  • Page 458
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 84: Identifying Solenoid Coil’s Cable And Compressor Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of the solenoid coils cable in relation to the compressor housing.
  • Page 459
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 85: Identifying Cable And Retaining Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lower the compressor a little by slackening off the 3 mounting screws. Remove the cable from the solenoid coil connector.
  • Page 460
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 86: Identifying Magnet Coil Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the solenoid coil using the 3 screws.  NOTE: Make sure that the solenoid coils cable is located correctly in relation to the…
  • Page 461
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 87: Identifying Puller And Socket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install a new belt pulley. Use: see 9995598 and: see 9995600 . NOTE: Place the tools behind the compressor mountings.
  • Page 462
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 88: Identifying Shims Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the snap ring  the shims  the flex plate. Use: see 9995596 and tighten the screw acc. to: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 463
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 89: Identifying Feeler Gauge Between Clutch Plate And Pulley Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Check the clearance between the clutch plate and pulley. Use a feeler gauge. The clearance should ideally be 0.3 mm all the way around, although a play up to max. 0.5 mm is allowed.
  • Page 464
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 90: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the auxiliaries belts. See: ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER  the right-hand screw securing the air baffle …
  • Page 465
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation DRAINING COOLANT AND REMOVING THE COVER Fig. 91: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Raise the vehicle. Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.
  • Page 466
    ENTERTAINMENT the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT  Fig. 92: Identifying Central Electrical Unit Bracket Nuts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the central electrical unit from its bracket. See: CONTROL MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER  COMPARTMENT the 2 nuts for the central electrical unit bracket (see the illustration). Disconnect the cable harness from …
  • Page 467
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 93: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up both air conditioning (A/C) pipes from their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret. Remove the 1 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration.
  • Page 468
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 94: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 screws and remove the right-hand half of the lead-in. See the illustration …
  • Page 469
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 95: Identifying Evaporator Pipes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Cut off the evaporator pipes. Pull and press out the pipes through the seal. See the illustration.
  • Page 470
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 96: Identifying Evaporator Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 3 screws. Remove the cover. Pull out the evaporator. Pull alternately at the top and bottom edges. It may be hard to remove.
  • Page 471
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 97: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the evaporator far enough that the cover can be installed (approximately 3-4 mm inside the opening). Position the front edge of the cover between the evaporator and the heater unit.
  • Page 472
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 98: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Pull the insulation for the pipes as far in towards the evaporator as possible before installing the spacer and the right-hand half of the lead-in.
  • Page 473
    Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) . Fig. 99: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install:…
  • Page 474
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT  the multimedia module (MMM) (if applicable). See: CONTROL MODULE INFORMATION AND  ENTERTAINMENT the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.
  • Page 475
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 100: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Clean the join thoroughly. Slacken off the cap nut. NOTE: Make a note of the position of the expansion valve in the pipe.
  • Page 476
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 101: Identifying Filter Sections Of Expansion Valve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION (A) shows an approved expansion valve. If 4 or 5 filter sections in the expansion valve are clogged (B) , the compressor oil must be inspected.
  • Page 477
    Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK . LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CLIMATE CONTROL REMOVE / INSTALL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 102: Identifying Low Pressure Switch Climate Control Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 478
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE To install, reverse the removal procedure NEEDLE VALVE Special tools: see 9511204 see 9811994 NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 479
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 103: Identifying Needle Valve/Service Valve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the needle valve in the service valve. Use: see 9511204 . INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE NEEDLE VALVE / SERVICE VALVE Install the needle valve.
  • Page 480
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .
  • Page 481
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 104: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Raise the vehicle. Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER (PRESSURE SIDE), REPLACING…
  • Page 482
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 105: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the rear/upper pipe/hose connector (1) on the compressor.  the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-2011 EARLY) , COVER BUMPER …
  • Page 483
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 106: Identifying Rear Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lower the vehicle. Remove the upper charge air cooler (CAC) hose. Remove the dip stick. Disconnect the rear connector (1) to the condenser, to the left of the right-hand headlamp. See the illustration.
  • Page 484
    Carry out finishing work. See: FINISHING. PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND RECEIVER (SUCTION SIDE), REPLACING REMOVING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE RECEIVER Fig. 107: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lower/front pipe/hose connector (2) on the compressor.
  • Page 485
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 108: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lower the vehicle. Remove the upper connector of the charge air hose to the charge air cooler (CAC).
  • Page 486
    TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) . INSTALLING SHIELD AND BUMPER COVER Fig. 109: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the shield under the vehicle with 7 clips. See the illustration.
  • Page 487
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK . Install the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) , COVER BUMPER…
  • Page 488
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 110: Identifying Coolant Reservoir, Power Steering Fluid Reservoir And Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the coolant reservoir (1) but leave the hoses in place. Place the reservoir on the valve cover …
  • Page 489
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 111: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret. Remove: the screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration …
  • Page 490
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 112: Identifying Pipe Coupling Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the right-hand headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .  the nut. Disconnect the pipe coupling (A) at the receiver.
  • Page 491
    PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN CONDENSER AND EXPANSION VALVE, REPLACING REMOVING COMPONENTS Fig. 113: Identifying Coolant Reservoir, Power Steering Fluid Reservoir And Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the coolant reservoir (1) but leave the hoses in place. Place the reservoir on the valve cover …
  • Page 492
    REMOVING THE PIPE / HOSE BETWEEN THE CONDENSER AND THE EXPANSION VALVE Fig. 114: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret. Remove the cap nut for the expansion valve. See the illustration.
  • Page 493
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 115: Identifying Rear Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Unscrew the cover from the service valve. Remove: the service valve using an extended 24 mm sleeve …
  • Page 494
    PIPE BETWEEN EXPANSION VALVE AND EVAPORATOR, REPLACING REMOVING THE PIPE BETWEEN THE EXPANSION VALVE AND THE EVAPORATOR Fig. 116: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret. Remove: the screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator.
  • Page 495
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 117: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the cap nut for the expansion valve. See the illustration. INSTALLING THE PIPE BETWEEN THE EXPANSION VALVE AND THE EVAPORATOR NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 496
    TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) . SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE (2007-2011) REMOVE / INSTALL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 118: Identifying High Pressure Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE…
  • Page 497
    To install, reverse the removal procedure SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE (2012) REMOVAL Fig. 119: Identifying High Pressure Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow the instruction for tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Perform climate unit, checking, see CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK…
  • Page 498
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 120: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR THE EVAPORATOR…
  • Page 499
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 121: Identifying Temperature Sensor For Evaporator Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fold down the carpet in the driver’s side footwell towards the heater unit. Turn the temperature sensor together with the cable harness a 1/4 turn clockwise.
  • Page 500
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK . AUXILIARY HEATER, FUEL OPERATED COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)
  • Page 501
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 122: Identifying Heat Exchanger Cover Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove cover over heat exchanger. It is secured using 4 screws. Lift up the cover a little until the snap rings for the pipe couplings release.
  • Page 502
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 123: Identifying Pipe Coupling And Snap Rings Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION There are snap rings on the underneath of the cover that also hold the pipe couplings in place. The snap rings are located in a groove on the pipe coupling.
  • Page 503
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 124: Clamping Snap Ring By Compressing Groove Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the pipe. Clamp the snap ring by compressing the groove. See the illustration. Press in the pipes. Adjust the pipes so that they are positioned according to previous markings.
  • Page 504
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Perform a performance test of the engine’s preheater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7) NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 505
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 125: Identifying Heat Exchanger Cover Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove cover over heat exchanger. It is secured using 4 screws. Lift up the cover a little until the snap rings for the pipe couplings release.
  • Page 506
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 126: Identifying Pipe Coupling And Snap Rings Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION There are snap rings on the underneath of the cover that also hold the pipe couplings in place. The snap rings are located in a groove on the pipe coupling.
  • Page 507
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 127: Clamping Snap Ring By Compressing Groove Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the pipe. Clamp the snap ring by compressing the groove. See the illustration. Press in the pipes. Adjust the pipes so that they are positioned according to previous markings.
  • Page 508
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Perform a performance test of the engine’s preheater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING FAN MOTOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4) NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 509
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover. NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the cover.
  • Page 510
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 130: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor at positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).
  • Page 511
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 131: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 3 screws. Lift the fan motor away from the heat exchanger. TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS TRANSFERRING FLAME TRAP Transfer: the flame trap.
  • Page 512
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 132: Identifying Gasket, Combustion Chamber And Molded Gasket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Replace both gaskets supplied with the fan motor. Install: the gasket (1) between the heat exchanger housing and the combustion chamber …
  • Page 513
    4 screws.  Fig. 133: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4). Install: the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4) …
  • Page 514
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE FAN MOTOR FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER Fig. 134: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover. NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the…
  • Page 515
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 135: Identifying Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the illustration.
  • Page 516
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 136: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor at positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).
  • Page 517
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 137: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 3 screws. Lift the fan motor away from the heat exchanger. TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS TRANSFERRING FLAME TRAP Transfer: the flame trap.
  • Page 518
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 138: Identifying Gasket, Combustion Chamber And Molded Gasket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Replace both gaskets supplied with the fan motor. Install: the gasket (1) between the heat exchanger housing and the combustion chamber …
  • Page 519
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the cover over the fan motor using 4 screws.  Fig. 139: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7). Install: the control module.
  • Page 520
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE FLAME SENSOR Fig. 140: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover. NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the…
  • Page 521
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 141: Identifying Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the illustration.
  • Page 522
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 142: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor at positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
  • Page 523
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 143: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the flame sensor (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE FLAME SENSOR Install the flame sensor. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 524
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation like the others. Install the cover using 4 screws. If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4). Install the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4).
  • Page 525
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 144: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover. NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the cover.
  • Page 526
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 145: Identifying Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the illustration.
  • Page 527
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 146: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor at positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
  • Page 528
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 147: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the flame sensor (1). INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE FLAME SENSOR Install the flame sensor. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 529
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation like the others. Install the cover using 4 screws. If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7). Install the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3, B5254T7).
  • Page 530
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 148: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Raise the vehicle. Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.
  • Page 531
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 149: Identifying Engine Coolant Hose, Connector, Fuel Line And Holder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the engine coolant hose (1). Plug the opening to prevent the remaining coolant in the heater running out in an uncontrolled way.
  • Page 532
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 150: Identifying Connector For Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector for the water pump. HINT: Mark the location of the upper hose on the water pump.
  • Page 533
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 151: Identifying Mounting Screw For Engine Coolant Heater Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the mounting screw for the engine coolant heater. See the illustration  the bracket for the connector.
  • Page 534
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: Mark the internal position of the hoses in relation to each other before removal. This ensures that the hoses are correctly positioned and not under stress during installation.
  • Page 535
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 152: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING . Install the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.
  • Page 536
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 153: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the EVAP canister hose (1) from the intake manifold  the intake manifold (2) between the air cleaner and the turbocharger.
  • Page 537
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 154: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Raise the vehicle. Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.
  • Page 538
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 155: Identifying Engine Coolant Hose, Connector, Fuel Line And Holder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the engine coolant hose (1). Plug the opening to prevent the remaining coolant in the heater running out in an uncontrolled way.
  • Page 539
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 156: Identifying Connector For Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the connector for the water pump. HINT: Mark the location of the upper hose on the water pump.
  • Page 540
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 157: Identifying Mounting Screw For Engine Coolant Heater Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the mounting screw for the engine coolant heater. See the illustration  the bracket for the connector.
  • Page 541
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation NOTE: Mark the internal position of the hoses in relation to each other before removal. This ensures that the hoses are correctly positioned and not under stress during installation.
  • Page 542
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER AND INSTALLING THE COVER Fig. 158: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING .
  • Page 543
    REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM) Fig. 159: Identifying Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Slacken off the 4 screws. See the illustration. Carefully pull the combustion preheater module (CPM) straight out to access the connector.
  • Page 544
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation INSTALLING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM) Install the switch so that it is properly secured. Position the control module. Ensure that the control module housing goes correctly into the grooves at the top edge.
  • Page 545
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 160: Identifying Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Slacken off the 4 screws. See the illustration. Carefully pull the combustion preheater module (CPM) straight out to access the connector.
  • Page 546
    The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct. REMOVAL REMOVING THE EXHAUST PIPE FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER Fig. 161: Identifying Upper Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 547
    Pull off the intake hose that covers the upper mounting for the exhaust system. Move the intake hose to one side. Disconnect the upper mounting (as illustrated). Remove the screw. Fig. 162: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Raise the vehicle. Remove: the right-hand front wheel …
  • Page 548
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 163: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the fuel hose/pipe from the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater at the quick-release connector under the vehicle.
  • Page 549
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 164: Identifying Long Extension Rod Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the lower mounting under the engine. Use a long extension rod. See the illustration. Pull the exhaust pipe down through the right-hand wheel arch.
  • Page 550
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 165: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the right-hand front wheel  the lower mounting on the nut for the exhaust system. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE …
  • Page 551
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 166: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the EVAP canister hose (1) from the intake manifold  the intake manifold (2) between the air cleaner (ACL) and the turbocharger (TC).
  • Page 552
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 167: Identifying Upper Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull off the intake hose that covers the upper mounting for the exhaust system. Move the intake hose to one side.
  • Page 553
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 168: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Raise the vehicle. Remove: the right-hand front wheel  the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.
  • Page 554
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 169: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the fuel hose/pipe from the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater at the quick-release connector under the vehicle.
  • Page 555
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 170: Identifying Long Extension Rod Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the lower mounting under the engine. Use a long extension rod. See the illustration. Pull the exhaust pipe down through the right-hand wheel arch.
  • Page 556
     FINISHING INSTALLING COMPONENTS AND TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER Fig. 171: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the right-hand front wheel  the lower mounting on the nut for the exhaust system. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE …
  • Page 557
    PREPARATORY WORK REMOVING COMPONENTS Fig. 172: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7) or FUEL  FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4) the combustion preheater module (CPM).
  • Page 558
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE OVERHEAT PROTECTION THERMOSTAT/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Fig. 173: Identifying Overheat Protection Thermostat/Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 1 screw for the holder. Remove the sensors from the recesses. Disconnect all the remaining cable terminals and cables apart from:…
  • Page 559
    Install the holders for the sensors using 1 screw. Tighten. Fig. 174: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the removed cables together with cable terminals. — Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
  • Page 560
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Install: the housing around the fan motor  the cover for the fan motor using 4 screws. Tighten  the cover and the pipe couplings. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER …
  • Page 561
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 175: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)  the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT …
  • Page 562
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 176: Identifying Overheat Protection Thermostat/Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 1 screw for the holder. Remove the sensors from the recesses. Disconnect all the remaining cable terminals and cables apart from: — those for the overheat protection thermostat at positions 5 and 6 (red cables) — those for the engine coolant temperature sensor at positions 3 and 4 (blue cables).
  • Page 563
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 177: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the removed cables together with cable terminals. — Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
  • Page 564
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation FINISHING TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING . FUEL LINE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4) Special tools:…
  • Page 565
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 178: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lower mounting for the fuel pipe. Disconnect the quick-release connector. NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.
  • Page 566
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 179: Identifying Intake Hose, Exhaust System, Fuel Pipe And Mounting Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the intake hose (1). Disconnect the exhaust system (2) but do not remove it. See FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE (B5244S4).
  • Page 567
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Position the fuel line. Install the upper fuel connection using a new clamp. HINT: Use: see 9512619 to secure the clamp. Secure the engine coolant heater in the bracket. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 568
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 180: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .
  • Page 569
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 181: Identifying Quick-Release Connector To Suction Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Place paper around the suction pipe connection to the fuel tank unit. Release the quick-release connector to the suction pipe.
  • Page 570
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING . FUEL LINE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7) Special tools:…
  • Page 571
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 182: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the EVAP canister pipe (1)  the upper charge air pipe (2).
  • Page 572
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 183: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lower mounting for the fuel pipe. Disconnect the quick-release connector. NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.
  • Page 573
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 184: Identifying Intake Hose, Exhaust System, Fuel Pipe And Mounting Screw Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the intake hose (1). Disconnect the exhaust system (2) but do not remove it. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE.
  • Page 574
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Position the fuel line. Install the upper fuel connection using a new clamp. HINT: Use: see 9512619 to secure the clamp. Secure the engine coolant heater in the bracket. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 575
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 185: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .
  • Page 576
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 186: Identifying Quick-Release Connector To Suction Pipe Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Place paper around the suction pipe connection to the fuel tank unit. Release the quick-release connector to the suction pipe.
  • Page 577
    Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct. PREPARATORY WORK IMPORTANT INFORMATION Fig. 187: Identifying Fuel Pump (FP) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to the risk of fuel spills. NOTE:…
  • Page 578
     Fig. 188: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lower the fuel tank a little so that the fuel hoses to and from the fuel pump (FP) can be reached over the top of the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .
  • Page 579
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 189: Identifying Fuel Lines, Fuel Pump (FP) And Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the quick-release connector on the fuel hose routed to the fuel pump (FP) for the engine coolant heater at the suction hose on the fuel tank unit.
  • Page 580
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the fuel pump and its bracket in the rear sub-frame. Do not tighten the mounting screw yet  the fuel lines on top of the fuel tank …
  • Page 581
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 190: Identifying Fuel Pump (FP) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to the risk of fuel spill.
  • Page 582
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 191: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lower the fuel tank a little so that the fuel hoses to and from the fuel pump (FP) can be reached over the top of the fuel tank.
  • Page 583
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 192: Identifying Fuel Lines, Fuel Pump (FP) And Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the quick-release connector on the fuel hose routed to the fuel pump (FP) for the engine coolant heater at the suction hose on the fuel tank unit.
  • Page 584
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation the fuel pump and its bracket in the rear sub-frame. Do not tighten the mounting screw yet  the fuel lines on top of the fuel tank …
  • Page 585
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 193: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Open the holder for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose to the water pump.
  • Page 586
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 194: Identifying Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screw holding the water pump and rubber mounting.  the connector.  Pull the water pump forward a little.
  • Page 587
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 195: Identifying Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The water pump for the engine coolant heater has a rubber-mounted mounting. The lower section is hooked onto the mounting bracket on the vehicle.
  • Page 588
    Check for leakage from the coolant hoses. Top up the coolant if necessary. INSTALLING THE COVER Fig. 196: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the cover. It is secured with 7 clips. Lower the vehicle. WATER PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
  • Page 589
    DRAINING THE ENGINE COOLANT Fig. 197: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the expansion tank cap. Open the holder for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose to the water pump.
  • Page 590
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 198: Identifying Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screw holding the water pump and rubber mounting.  the connector.  Pull the water pump forward a little.
  • Page 591
    HVAC Climate Units — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 199: Identifying Water Pump Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The water pump for the engine coolant heater has a rubber-mounted mounting. The lower section is hooked onto the mounting bracket on the vehicle.
  • Page 592
    CHECKING . Check for leakage from the coolant hoses. Top up the coolant if necessary. INSTALLING THE COVER Fig. 200: Identifying Shield And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the cover. It is secured with 7 clips. Lower the vehicle.
  • Page 593
    Materials Designation Part number Brake fluid 9437430 REMOVAL Fig. 1: Brake Fluid, 9437430 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Only use new specified brake fluid from airtight containers. CAUTION: The fluid level must remain between the MAX and MIN marks.
  • Page 594
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Use: Brake fluid, 9437430 Fig. 2: Identifying Bleeding Tool Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9997446…
  • Page 595
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Fig. 3: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (1 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 4: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (2 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 596
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Fig. 5: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (3 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 6: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (4 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.
  • Page 597
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Fig. 7: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (5 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 8: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (6 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 598
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Fig. 9: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (7 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 10: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (8 Of 11)
  • Page 599
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 11: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (9 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 12: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (10 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 600
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment Fig. 13: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (11 Of 11) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 601
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation MECHANICAL CLUTCH CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE (B5244S4) Special tools 999 7068 Counterhold…
  • Page 602
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 1: Identifying Counterhold Tool 9997068 And Gear Sector Tool 9997120 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal. see 9997068 see 9997120 Fig.
  • Page 603
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 3: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 And Pressure Plate Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9995662 Fig. 4: Identifying Centering Tool 999 5663 And Socket Tool 999 5675 Attached To Clutch Disc…
  • Page 604
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 5: Identifying Cleaning Agent, 1161721 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Cleaning agent, 1161721 Fig. 6: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 Attached To Pressure Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Take care not to trap any fingers when removing the special tool.
  • Page 605
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 7: Identifying Removal Of Centering Tool Assembly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Perform transmission installation CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE (B5254T3, B5254T7) Special tools 999 7068 Counterhold…
  • Page 606
    Designation Part number Cleaning agent 1161721 REMOVAL Remove transmission, see TRANSMISSION Fig. 8: Identifying Counterhold Tool 9997068 And Gear Sector Tool 9997120 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal. see 9997068 see 9997120…
  • Page 607
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 9: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 And Pressure Plate Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9995662 INSTALLATION Fig. 10: Identifying Centering Tool 999 5663 And Socket Tool 999 5675 Attached To Clutch Disc…
  • Page 608
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation see 9995663 see 9995675 Fig. 11: Identifying Cleaning Agent, 1161721 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Cleaning agent, 1161721 Fig. 12: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 Attached To Pressure Plate Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Take care not to trap any fingers when removing the special tool.
  • Page 609
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 13: Identifying Removal Of Centering Tool Assembly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the transmission, see TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CONTROL (B5244S4) CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 610
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 15: Locating Bolt For Clutch Slave Cylinder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure Install the transaxle. See TRANSMISSION, INSTALLING.
  • Page 611
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND ENGINE PAD Remove the left-hand engine pad. See ENGINE SUPPORT INSULATOR LEFT . REMOVING DRIVE SHAFTS Remove: the right drive shaft. See DRIVE SHAFT RIGHT …
  • Page 612
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 16: Locating Ground Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the ground lead on the bracket. Tie up the ground lead  the terminal for the back-up (reversing) lamp switch and the clip on the transmission.
  • Page 613
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 17: Locating Bracket Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bracket from the transmission. REMOVING THE GEAR SELECTOR CABLES…
  • Page 614
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 18: Identifying Gear Selector Cable Ball Joints Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the ball joints. Use: see 9997077  the sleeves for the gear selector cables from the transmission cable bracket.
  • Page 615
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 19: Identifying Clutch Line Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull up the striker plate. Pull the clutch line including the bleed nipple from the terminal. Remove the rubber bushing from its bracket on the transmission.
  • Page 616
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 20: Locating Bellhousing Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the starter motor. See STARTER MOTOR (TURBO) or STARTER MOTOR (NON-TURBO)  the 4 screws between the engine and transmission.
  • Page 617
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 21: Locating Bracket Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the torque rod together with the mounting in the sub-frame, 3 +1 screws. ANGLING THE ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION…
  • Page 618
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 22: Securing Transmission Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install a tensioner strap between the rear engine mounting and the front cross member. Pull the engine and transmission as far forwards as possible without touching the radiator.
  • Page 619
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 23: Locating Bellhousing Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION There are 7 screws between the engine and transmission. Remove 5 screws, leaving 2 screws in position.
  • Page 620
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 24: Locating Bellhousing Bolt Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: The screw above the drive shaft hole cannot be removed from the hole in the engine. Pull the screw backwards as far as possible and let it remain in the hole.
  • Page 621
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 25: Identifying Mobile Jack And Transmission Fixture Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: see 9995463 to: see 9995972 . Use the fixture and plate together with: see 9985972 . NOTE: Tighten all the screws to the fixtures.
  • Page 622
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 26: Locating Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the remaining 2 screws between the engine and transmission. REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION NOTE: Ensure that the transmission is taken straight out in relation to the engine.
  • Page 623
    PREPARATORY WORK TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS Fig. 27: Applying Thread Lock To Bolt Threads Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Move the ball catch to the new gear box. Apply the thread lock 1161056 to the threads. Tighten to 32 Nm.
  • Page 624
    INSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION Fig. 28: Identifying Installation Of Transmission Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Adjust height and angle with the mobile jack and the transmission fixture. Locate the transmission on the engine. Ensure that the transmission goes straight in, in relation to the engine, and that no deviation occurs in the clutch driven plate center.
  • Page 625
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 29: Identifying Mounting For Transmission And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the mounting for the transmission. Use 4 M10 screws and 1 M8 screw. Tighten. LIFTING THE ENGINE AND THE TRANSMISSION…
  • Page 626
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 30: Identifying Lifting Tools Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift the engine/transmission. Align the mounting against the transmission in the engine pad. Install the M14 screw for the engine mounting.
  • Page 627
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the 4 x M10 screws for the transmission and engine. Tighten  the starter motor.  INSTALLING THE CLUTCH LINE Fig. 32: Identifying Clutch Line Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use a new O-ring for the clutch line.
  • Page 628
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 33: Identifying Bracket Holder, Bracket And Coolant Hose Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the bracket holder  the bracket and the coolant hose.  INSTALLING THE GEAR SELECTOR CABLE…
  • Page 629
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 34: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector And Transmission Cables To Bracket And Levers Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Ensure that the cable and sleeve do not crack or break.
  • Page 630
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 36: Identifying Oil Line And Ground Lead Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the ground lead on the transmission  the torque rod mounting to the transmission, 3 x M10. Tighten.
  • Page 631
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 38: Identifying Anti-Roll Bar Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the anti-roll bar. Use 4 new M10 screws. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE . SECURING THE SUB-FRAME…
  • Page 632
    TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 39: Identifying Adjustment Tool 9997089 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install see 9997089 on both sides. Carefully raise the sub-frame so that the adjustment tools are lined up with the holes in the side members.
  • Page 633
    Install the rubber mountings for the exhaust pipe mounting. INSTALLING THE SCREWS, CONTINUED Fig. 41: Identifying Screws For Steering Gear/Sub-Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the front M12 screws to the subframe. See TIGHTENING TORQUE . Install new screws for the steering gear and sub-frame loosely.
  • Page 634
    Install the front wheels. See WHEELS . INSTALLING COMPONENTS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT Fig. 42: Identifying Steering Gear Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Tighten the two M12 screws for the steering gear. INSTALLING THE BATTERY LEAD Fig. 43: Identifying Battery Box…
  • Page 635
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation CHECK THE BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level. Use only Volvo Genuine parts brake fluid (Volvo DOT 4+) when topping up. CLUTCH PEDAL (2011) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Remove clutch pedal, see MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH…
  • Page 636
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 44: Identifying Clutch Pedal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 45: Removing Clutch Pedal Spring Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 637
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 46: Centering Steering Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: The steering column may contain pyrotechnic components. NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.
  • Page 638
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 48: Removing Clutch Hose Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Fig. 49: Positioning Hose Above Fluid Level In Reservoir Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure the open end of the hose is secured above the fluid level in the reservoir.
  • Page 639
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 50: Removing/Installing Steering Shaft Joint Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Make sure that a new component is installed. Torque: steering column to steering gear (steering shaft joint) 25 Nm Fig.
  • Page 640
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 52: Identifying Clutch Line Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 53: Identifying Steering Column To Dashboard Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: Steering column to dashboard…
  • Page 641
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 54: Identifying Steering Column Assembly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 55: Locating Switch Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm Remove Start Inhibitor Switch clutch pedal passenger compartment, see START INHIBIT SWITCH…
  • Page 642
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 56: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION VEHICLES MANUFACTURED FROM CHASSIS NUMBER: 22095 Remove the collision warning control module, see COLLISION WARNING CONTROL MODULE ALL VEHICLES Fig.
  • Page 643
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 58: Identifying Special Tool 9995511 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9995511 Fig. 59: Locating Clutch Pedal Mounting Bracket Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm…
  • Page 644
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 60: Identifying Wrench 9997172 To Adjust Clutch Tension Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9997172 Fig. 61: Identifying Seal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of each component before removal.
  • Page 645
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 62: Locating Seal For Disposal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Use a new seal. INSTALLATION Fig. 63: Identifying Bracket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: This step is not necessary when installing a new component.
  • Page 646
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 64: Identifying Where to Cut Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 65: Visually Inspecting That Bracket Is At 90Degrees Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9997119…
  • Page 647
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 66: Anti-squeak tape, 1161842 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Anti-squeak tape, 1161842 Fig. 67: Identifying Silicone grease, 1161687 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 648: Table Of Contents

    999 7172 Wrench Tool number: 999 7172 Tool description: Wrench Tool boards: 43 REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove battery, see BATTERY Fig. 68: Identifying Removal Of M6 Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6…

  • Page 649
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 69: Identifying Removal Of Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 70: Identifying Connector Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.
  • Page 650
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 71: Identifying Method To Detach Line Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Fig. 72: Identifying Removal Of Clutch Line Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure the open end of the hose is secured above the fluid level in the reservoir.
  • Page 651
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 73: Centering Steering Wheel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: The steering column may contain pyrotechnic components. NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.
  • Page 652
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 75: Locating Clutch Line Attachment Point Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 76: Locating Clutch Line Steering Wheel Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 77: Identifying Connector…
  • Page 653
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 78: Identifying Clutch Line Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 79: Identifying Steering Column To Dashboard Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: Steering column to dashboard…
  • Page 654
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 80: Locating Clutch Line Fasteners Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 81: Identifying Clutch Piston Attachment Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 655
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 82: Identifying Clutch And M8 Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm Fig. 83: Identifying Wrench 9997172 To Adjust Clutch Tension Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 656: Removal

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 84: Locating Seal For Disposal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Use a new seal. INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Perform clutch system venting, see BLEEDING THE CLUTCH SYSTEM…

  • Page 657
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 85: Identifying Clutch Pedal Arm Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 86: Removing Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 87: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 658: Note: Removal Steps In This Procedure May Contain Installation Details

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 88: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT Special tools 999 7402 Installer Tool number: 999 7402…

  • Page 659: Torque: M6

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 89: Identifying Removal Of M6 Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm Fig. 90: Identifying Removal Of Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…

  • Page 660
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 91: Identifying Installer Tool 999 7402 And Clutch Pedal Position Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9997402 INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. CLUTCH CONTROL (B5254T3)
  • Page 661
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 92: Identifying Removal Of Retaining Pin To Link Arm Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 93: Locating Bolt For Clutch Slave Cylinder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6…
  • Page 662
    MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT see POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2011) CLUTCH CONTROL START INHIBIT SWITCH REMOVAL Fig. 94: Identifying Clutch Pedal Arm Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove instrument panel lower, see INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER…
  • Page 663
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 TRANSMISSION Clutch — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 95: Identifying Removal Start Inhibit Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 96: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 664
    COLLISION WARNING CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove the combined instrument panel, see COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL Fig. 1: View of Collision Warning Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm…
  • Page 665
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Collision Avoidance Fig. 2: Removing Collision Warning Control Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the clips. NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.
  • Page 666
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30 COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30 COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES SPECIFICATIONS INDEX SPECIFICATIONS INDEX — C30 System Specification/Procedure Air Conditioning Service Procedures see CLIMATE UNITS — CLEANING, INSPECTION AND…
  • Page 667
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30 Thermostat R & I see THERMOSTAT (B5254T7) Water Pump R & I see COOLANT PUMP Engine Mechanical Compression Oil Pressure @100 °C see appropriate engine under ENGINE — SPECIFICATIONS, MECHANICAL Overhaul…
  • Page 668
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30 Start impulse lead: 8.5 Nm Wheel Alignment Adjustment Specifications see WHEEL ALIGNMENT Torque see SUMMARY OF TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR SPECIFIC COMPONENTS Wheel & Tire Wheel To Wheel Hub Stage 1: 20 Nm…
  • Page 669
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation CONNECTORS CONNECTOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE (ABS)
  • Page 670
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Disconnect the secondary lock. Use an electrician’s screwdriver, as shown. CAUTION: Disconnect and work with only one cable at a time to minimize the risk of mixing them up.
  • Page 671
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation ASSEMBLING PRIMARY LOCK Check that the cable terminal is undamaged. Press the cable terminal into the housing. Check that the cable terminal is properly locked by pulling carefully on the cable.
  • Page 672
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 3: Identifying Receptacle Housings Removal Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press in the active catches on both sides of the socket housing and slide out the receptacle housings. CAUTION: Disconnect and work with only one cable at a time to minimize the risk of mixing them up.
  • Page 673
    Fig. 4: Identifying Locking Tab Pressed In On Cable Terminal Using Special Tool 9512812 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press in the locking tab on the cable terminal and carefully pull out the cable and the cable terminal. Use tool: see 9512812 or tool: see 9512637 , as shown.
  • Page 674
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation REMOVAL Fig. 5: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 6: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (1 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove side panel cargo compartment. See SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE…
  • Page 675
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 7: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (2 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 8: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (3 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 676
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 10: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (5 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 11: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (6 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 677
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 12: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (7 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 13: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (8 Of 8) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 678
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 14: Locating Connection To Battery, Nut On Starter And Air Cleaner Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: battery negative lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING …
  • Page 679
    Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is always correct. Fig. 15: Locating Connection To Battery, Nut On Starter And Air Cleaner Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: Battery negative lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING …
  • Page 680
    Perform, see BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING CAUTION: The control module must be removed, reinstalled and downloaded with software before the control module is replaced. NOTE: This module contains customer parameters. Fig. 16: Identifying Control Module Relay Box & Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 681
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 17: Identifying Zip Ties Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 18: Identifying Control Module Relay Box Tilted Down Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 19: Identifying Control Module Relay Box Pulled Forward And Down…
  • Page 682
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 20: Identifying Control Module Relays And Cables Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged. Fig. 21: Identifying Removal Of Control Module Relay Box…
  • Page 683: Tool Boards

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation T9512636 TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL (COLOR CODE: BLUE) Tool number: T9512636 Tool description: TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL (COLOR CODE: BLUE) Tool boards: T9512852 TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL Tool number: T9512852…

  • Page 684
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 22: Identifying Direction To Remove Central Electrical Unit Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 23: Identifying Battery Lead To Battery Lead Terminal, 14 Nm Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 685
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 24: Identifying Relay/Fuse Holder’s Screw(s) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the relay/fuse holder’s screws, 2 pcs. Lift the relay/fuse holder straight up at the trailing edge. Remove the lower casing.
  • Page 686
    ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 26: Identifying Removal Of Front Secondary Catch With Terminal Removal Tool 9512636 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the thin cable. see 9512636 Fig. 27: Identifying Terminal Removal Tool 9512852 For Removal Of Front Secondary Catch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Alternatively.
  • Page 687
    RADIATOR (B5244S4; 2007-10) REMOVAL REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) Remove the cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) Fig. 1: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: bracket  screws, lightly, 4 pcs.
  • Page 688
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 2: Identifying Panel And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: screw  engine compartment panel.  Fig. 3: Locating Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 689
    ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 4: Supporting Condenser Assembly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Slightly raise the condenser and suspend from a suitable place, so that the condenser is not put under any strain. Fig. 5: Locating Mounting Screws…
  • Page 690
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 6: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: the radiator  Bracket  screws, 4 pcs, lightly.  Fig. 7: Locating Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 pcs on both sides.
  • Page 691
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 8: Identifying Panel And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: engine compartment panel.  screws, M6.  Fig. 9: Identifying Mobile Jack Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 692
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 10: Identifying Radiator Bracket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bracket. Install the engine cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) RADIATOR (B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-12)
  • Page 693
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install: the bracket  the 4 x screws, lightly.  Remove the charge air cooler (CAC). See CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7;…
  • Page 694
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 13: Locating Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following on both sides: the screw  the radiator mounting.  SUSPENDING THE CONDENSER Fig. 14: Supporting Condenser Assembly Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Slightly raise the condenser and suspend from a suitable place, so that the condenser is not put under any strain.
  • Page 695
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 15: Locating Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 on both sides.  the bracket under the air conditioning aggregate …
  • Page 696
     the 4x screws, lightly.  Fig. 17: Locating Mounting Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 on both sides.  Fig. 18: Identifying Panel And Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the engine compartment panel …
  • Page 697
    ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation INSTALLING ENGINE COOLANT FAN (FC) Fig. 19: Identifying Mobile Jack Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install a mobile jack under the radiator. Fig. 20: Identifying Radiator Bracket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the bracket.
  • Page 698
    Perform cooling system draining, charging and bleeding. See COOLING SYSTEM — DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING Remove timing belt. See TIMING BELT Fig. 21: Identifying Water Pump and Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Torque: M7…
  • Page 699
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Remove the air filter housing. See AIR CLEANER HOUSING Fig. 22: Identifying Water Outlet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Torque: M6 10 Nm Fig.
  • Page 700
    Drain cooling system, draining, filling, and bleeding, see COOLING SYSTEM — DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING Remove the air filter housing. See AIR CLEANER HOUSING Fig. 24: Identifying Water Outlet Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Torque: M6…
  • Page 701
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 25: Identifying Thermostat Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. COOLING FAN ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5244S4; 2007-10, B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-11 EARLY)
  • Page 702
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 26: Identifying Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the cover for the brake control module (BCM)  Fig. 27: Identifying Expansion Tank Cap Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the expansion tank cap …
  • Page 703
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 28: Identifying Connector And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the connector for the engine cooling fan (FC)  the hoses from the clips, x 2. …
  • Page 704
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 30: Identifying Splash Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 7x screws  the splash guard under the engine.  Fig. 31: Identifying Mobile Jack Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install a mobile jack under the radiator.
  • Page 705
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 32: Identifying Radiator Bracket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 4 screws  the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate.  Fig. 33: Locating Coolant Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 2x coolant hoses.
  • Page 706
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 34: Identifying Clips and Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: When removing the engine cooling fan (FC), ensure that no cables are damaged. Press in both clips on the upper section and lift the engine cooling fan (FC) from the catches.
  • Page 707
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 35: Identifying Premair Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors Install the connector to the premair sensor Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions…
  • Page 708
    Remove the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE — 2012) or COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-11) Drain coolant. See COOLING SYSTEM — DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING REMOVING COMPONENTS Fig. 36: Identifying Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the cover for the brake control module (BCM)  Fig. 37: Identifying Expansion Tank Cap…
  • Page 709
    ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation the expansion tank cap  Fig. 38: Identifying Connector And Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the connector for the engine cooling fan (FC)  the hoses from the clips, x 2.
  • Page 710
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 40: Identifying Splash Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 7x screws  the splash guard under the engine.  Fig. 41: Identifying Mobile Jack Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install a mobile jack under the radiator.
  • Page 711
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 42: Identifying Radiator Bracket Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 4 screws  the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate.  Fig. 43: Locating Coolant Hoses Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 2x coolant hoses.
  • Page 712
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 44: Identifying Clips and Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: When removing the engine cooling fan (FC), ensure that no cables are damaged. Press in both clips on the upper section and lift the engine cooling fan (FC) from the catches.
  • Page 713
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 45: Identifying Premair Sensor Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors Install the connector to the premair sensor Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions…
  • Page 714
    PREPARATORY WORK Remove the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-11 EARLY) . REMOVAL REMOVING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC) Fig. 46: Identifying Screw Locations Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the switch  the hoses …
  • Page 715
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fold the air baffle up. Remove the charge air cooler (CAC). INSTALLATION INSTALLING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC) NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE . Fold the air baffle up.
  • Page 716
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 47: Locating Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the screws on both sides. REMOVING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)
  • Page 717
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation Fig. 48: Identifying Fasteners Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the hoses (1)  the 2 screws (2).  Lift the charge air cooler (CAC). Remove the charge air cooler (CAC).
  • Page 718
    ENGINE Cooling System — Removal, Replacement And Installation INSTALLING THE UPPER SCREWS FOR THE LOWER AIR BAFFLE Fig. 49: Locating Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the M5 screws on both sides. FINISHING The bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT .
  • Page 719
    DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II) Special tools 951 2636 Terminal removal tool (Color code: Blue) Tool number: 951 2636 Tool description: Terminal removal tool (Color code: Blue) Tool boards: 39 REMOVAL Fig. 1: Locating Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 720
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 2: Identifying Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 4: Removing Data Link Connector…
  • Page 721
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ELECTRICAL Body Electrical Fig. 5: Releasing Tab with Tool 9512636 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged. see 9512636 NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.
  • Page 722
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR DOOR LATCH, FUEL FILLER DOOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Fig. 1: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 723
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 2: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 3: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (3 Of 3)
  • Page 724
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE FUEL TANK FILLER COVER Open the fuel tank filler cover. Fig. 4: Removing Fuel Filler Door Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 screws  the holder for the fuel tank filler cap (1).
  • Page 725
    Remove the Front Door Interior Handle Cable, see FRONT DOOR INTERIOR HANDLE CABLE Fig. 5: Removing Front Door Latch (1 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 6: Removing Front Door Latch (2 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 726
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 7: Removing Front Door Latch (3 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 8: Removing Front Door Latch (4 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 727
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Remove glove compartment, see GLOVE COMPARTMENT Fig. 9: Removing Pins Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 10: Identifying Handle Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 728
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 11: Identifying Mounting Points Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION FRONT DOOR INTERIOR HANDLE CABLE REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 729
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 12: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (1 Of 7) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 13: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (2 Of 7) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig.
  • Page 730
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 15: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (4 Of 7) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 16: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (5 Of 7) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 731
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 18: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (7 Of 7) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 732
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 20: Removing Front Door Outer Handle (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Slacken off the screw by 4 turns only.
  • Page 733
    To install, reverse the removal procedure LOCK CYLINDER, DOOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Fig. 22: View Of Removing Door Lock Cylinder Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Do not loosen the bolt more than 4 turns. Fig. 23: Identifying Door Lock Cylinder…
  • Page 734
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Remove the liftgate trim panel, see TAILGATE/TRUNK LID PANEL Fig. 24: Removing Outer Tailgate/Trunk Lid Handle (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: Exterior handle to tailgate/luggage compartment lid 3 Nm Fig.
  • Page 735
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 26: Removing Trunk Lid/Tailgate Lock Mechanism (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 27: Removing Trunk Lid/Tailgate Lock Mechanism (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal.
  • Page 736
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE APRON MOLDING FOR THE SUN ROOF Fig. 28: Identifying Apron Molding Pulled Into Car Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The sun roof must be in the half open position. Pull the apron molding backwards. Release the top edge and unhook the bottom edge of the apron molding.
  • Page 737
    PREPARATORY WORK REMOVING THE SUNROOF GLASS Remove the sunroof glass. See: GLASS SUN ROOF. REMOVAL REMOVING THE GUTTER Fig. 29: Pressing Out The Front Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press out the front mounting for the gutter on both sides.
  • Page 738
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 30: Pressing Out Gutter Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Carefully press out the center of the gutter and then press the corner outwards to release the gutter clips from the sunroof frame.
  • Page 739
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 32: Ensuring Clips Are In Correct Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION First align one corner with the gutter and then the other. CAUTION: Ensure that the clips are in the correct position.
  • Page 740
    REMOVAL REMOVING THE SUN ROOF GLASS Fig. 34: Identifying 4 Screws For The Glass Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Close the sun roof. Slide the inner cover back as far as possible. Remove: the inner cover. See: APRON MOLDING SUNROOF …
  • Page 741
    Remove the weatherstrip from the sun roof. It is not bonded. INSTALLING WEATHERSTRIP SUN ROOF Fig. 35: Identifying Weatherstripping Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the weatherstrip into place in the T-groove. NOTE: The join for the weatherstrip must be in the middle of the rear edge of the sunroof (1).
  • Page 742
    Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct. PREPARATORY WORK IGNITION OFF Fig. 36: Disconnecting Battery Lead Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Wait 1 minute before starting work. REMOVAL…
  • Page 743
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 37: Locating Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the headlining as described in, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF . Remove: the 4 drain hoses …
  • Page 744
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 38: Identifying 10 Screws For The Sun Roof Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the 10 screws for the sun roof frame. …
  • Page 745
    2 people are required for this task. Fig. 39: Identifying Screw Locations Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION HINT: Position the screws, spacers and nylon washers on the frame before installing the sun roof. Install the 10 M6 screws as follows: 1.
  • Page 746
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Guide in the sun roof in relation to the guide holes. Tighten the screws in numerical order as illustrated. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
  • Page 747
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVING THE SUN VISOR / INNER COVER SUN ROOF Fig. 40: Identifying Screws And Mounting Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the lens. See: GLASS SUN ROOF. Pull the sun visor / inner cover forwards.
  • Page 748
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation INSTALLING THE SUN VISOR / INNER COVER SUN ROOF Install: the 2 rear slides  the 2 screws at the rear mounting. Tighten. …
  • Page 749
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 41: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) Move the sun visors to one side.
  • Page 750
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 42: Locating Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION the connector.  Slacken off the 3 screws for the interior lighting frame.
  • Page 751
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 43: Locating Electric Motor / Control Module Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the 3 screws. Carefully lower the electric motor / control module.
  • Page 752
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fold back the sun visors. FINISHING CALIBRATION OF NEW ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) When installing a new electric motor / control module, perform new calibration. See: NEW CALIBRATION OF ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .
  • Page 753
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 44: Removing Wind Deflector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Open the sun roof completely. Press the end of the wind deflector (1) using a screwdriver.
  • Page 754
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 45: Identifying Door Half Hinge Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm DOOR PANEL Materials: Designation Part number Bodywork adhesive 1161524…
  • Page 755
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 46: Bodywork adhesive, 1161524 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Attach the following items: 1. Use: Bodywork adhesive, 1161524 2. Use: PUR adhesive, 1161821 Fig.
  • Page 756
    Remove door panel. See PANEL FRONT DOOR . Fig. 48: Removing Door Stop From Front Side Door (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 49: Removing Door Stop From Front Side Door (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: 1.
  • Page 757
    See REAR VIEW MIRROR EXTERNAL  door stop side door. See DOOR STOP FRONT SIDE DOOR  Fig. 50: Removing Side Door (1 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 51: Removing Side Door (2 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 758
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 52: Removing Side Door (3 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 53: Removing Side Door (4 Of 4) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install in reverse order.
  • Page 759
     panel C/D-pillar. See C/D-PILLAR TRIM PANEL  Fig. 54: Removing Tailgate And Trunk Lid Hinges (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm Fig. 55: Removing Tailgate And Trunk Lid Hinges (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 760
    C/D-pillar. See C/D-PILLAR TRIM PANEL  spoiler rear. See SPOILER REAR  spoiler rear (T5). See SPOILER REAR  Fig. 56: Removing Tailgate (1 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M8 24 Nm Fig. 57: Removing Tailgate (2 Of 5)
  • Page 761
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 58: Removing Tailgate (3 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 59: Removing Tailgate (4 Of 5)
  • Page 762
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 60: Removing Tailgate (5 Of 5) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm Install in reverse order. Adjust tailgate. See DOORS AND HATCHES.
  • Page 763
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 61: Identifying Level Adjustment Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION The front part must be positioned above the part behind it (see illustration), partly to overlap in case of a collision, partly to reduce wind noise.
  • Page 764
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 62: Identifying Hood Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION F1 = 3.0 mm F2 = 3.0 mm F3 = 3.0 mm F4 = 3.0 mm F5 = 1.0 mm…
  • Page 765
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 63: Identifying Door Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION S1 = 3.1 mm S2 = 4.0 mm S3 = 3.3 mm S4 = 5.0 mm S5 = 2.5 mm…
  • Page 766
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 64: Identifying Door Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Measurements apply without rubber strip on the door arch. S8 = 8.0 mm S9 = 9.0 mm S10 = 9.3 mm…
  • Page 767
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 65: Identifying Trunk Lid Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION R1 = 4.5 mm R2 = 6.1 mm R3 = 0.7 mm R4 = 4.0 mm R5 = 4.0 mm…
  • Page 768
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 66: Identifying Trunk Lid Measurements Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION S40 (04-) R7 = 3.3 mm R8 = 3.1 mm R9 = 0.8 mm R10 = 1.3 mm…
  • Page 769
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 67: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism Electric Motor (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR Fig. 68: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism Electric Motor (2 Of 2)
  • Page 770
    Handle outer door front, see HANDLE OUTER DOOR FRONT  Fig. 69: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (1 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 70: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (2 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 771
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 71: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (3 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm Fig. 72: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (4 Of 9)
  • Page 772
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 73: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (5 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 74: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (6 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 773
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids — Removal, replacement and installation Torque: M6 10 Nm Fig. 76: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (8 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 77: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (9 Of 9) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 774
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove the air filter housing, see AIR CLEANER HOUSING Fig. 1: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 2: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 775
    REMOVING THE BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH, GEARBOX M56 Ignition off Remove the air cleaner (ACL) housing. Fig. 3: Identifying Tool P/N 9997077 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: the gear selector cables from the levers. see 9997077 …
  • Page 776
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 4: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: pin. see 9997221 .  the lever  Fig. 5: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector…
  • Page 777
    For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE . INSTALLING BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMP SWITCH Fig. 6: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new back-up light switch. see 9995543 Tighten to: 24 Nm. INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR Fig. 7: View Of Secondary Lock Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull out the secondary lock.
  • Page 778
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 8: Back-Up Lamp Switch Leads Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the cables in the connector with the opening for the primary lock facing up as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 779
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 10: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: transmission lever see 9997221 to press in the pin …
  • Page 780
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 11: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 12: Identifying Control Stalk, Left Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 781
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 14: Identifying Control Stalk, Right Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Fig.
  • Page 782
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 16: View Of Data Link Connector (OBD-II) location Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 17: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 783
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 19: Inserting Terminal Removal Tool Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.
  • Page 784
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 20: Pressing Tab And Removing Wire Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION DRIVER DOOR MODULE (DDM) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 785
    The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct. PREPARATORY WORK IGNITION OFF Fig. 23: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 786
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET Fig. 24: View Of Ashtray Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the rear panel. Disconnect the connector from the ashtray panel.
  • Page 787
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 25: Identifying Cigarette Lighter/Electrical Socket Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the catches (as shown in the illustration) using a small screwdriver. Press out the cigarette lighter/electrical socket.
  • Page 788
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 26: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 27: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 789
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 28: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 29: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 790
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2010 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 791
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 32: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY . Fig. 33: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws…
  • Page 792
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation To install, reverse the removal procedure. FINISHING Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 793
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). INSTRUMENT PANEL CONSOLE SWITCH KNOB Special tools 981 4071 STRAIGHTENING TOOL Tool number: 981 4071 Tool description: STRAIGHTENING TOOL…
  • Page 794: Courtesy Of Volvo Cars Corporation

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVAL Fig. 36: Removing Instrument Panel Console Switch Knob Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9814071…

  • Page 795
    KEYPAD, STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL Remove airbag driver’s side, see DRIVER’S AIRBAG Fig. 37: Identifying Steering Wheel Keypad Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 38: View Of Steering Wheel Keypad Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 796
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation LIGHTING SWITCH REMOVAL Fig. 39: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 40: Identifying Lighting Switch in OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 797
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 41: View Of Lighting Switch Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 42: Identifying Lighting Switch Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 798: Torque: M6

    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 43: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR . Fig. 44: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws…

  • Page 799
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 45: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY . Fig. 46: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws…
  • Page 800: Calibrate Position Sensor Using Vida (Volvo Scan Tool)

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2010 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

  • Page 801
    Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. FINISHING Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 49: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
  • Page 802
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POWER SOCKET 12V (2007) REMOVAL Fig. 51: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 803
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 52: Identifying Power Socket Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 53: View Of Power Socket Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 804
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 54: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 55: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 805
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 56: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (2 of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 57: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (3 of 3)
  • Page 806
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 59: Removing Door Handle Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 60: Identifying Door Handle Panel Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 807
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 61: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL Fig.
  • Page 808
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 63: Removing Door Handle Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 64: Prying Up Front Side Switch Panel Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 809
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 65: Prying Up Rear Side Switch Panel Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 66: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 810
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 67: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 68: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (1 of 2)
  • Page 811
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation CAUTION: Only use moderate force. Fig. 69: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure that equal pressure is applied to the full length of the component.
  • Page 812
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 70: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove lighting interior front, see LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT Fig. 71: View Of Sun Roof Rotary Switch Release Clips…
  • Page 813
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation IGNITION OFF Fig. 72: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING Remove the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .
  • Page 814
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 73: Sun Roof Switch Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the catches out. Pull the switch outwards and upwards. Pull out the catch. Pull out the conductive strap.
  • Page 815
    Remove steering wheel lever left, see CONTROL STALK, LEFT Fig. 74: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure that the clockspring pins are not bent or damaged. Torque: Steering wheel control module to steering column…
  • Page 816
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 75: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Perform angle sensor, steering wheel, resetting To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 817
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 77: Remove/Install Central Locking System, Switch Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. SWITCH, HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS…
  • Page 818
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation SWITCH TUNNEL COMPARTMENT REMOVAL Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE Fig. 79: Identifying Tunnel Compartment Switches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 80: View Of Tunnel Compartment Switch Tabs Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 819
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 81: Removing Tunnel Compartment Switches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Initiate switch using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. COLLISION AVOIDANCE…
  • Page 820
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 82: View Of Ignition In «0» Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION (2007 — 2011 EARLY Fig.
  • Page 821
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 84: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 85: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)
  • Page 822
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 86: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL Fig.
  • Page 823
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 88: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 89: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 824
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 90: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 91: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 825
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 92: Identifying Parking Assistance Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Order and download software according to: 30786805 DOOR LOCKS &…
  • Page 826
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 93: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the tunnel console. See FLOOR CONSOLE Fig. 94: Locating Antenna Nuts…
  • Page 827
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 95: Locating Keyless Entry Locking System Antenna In Luggage Compartment Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2007 — 2011 EARLY) Operation Number(s): 36646-2 NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 828
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 97: Identifying Bumper Bracket Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: the antenna, fold out the catches at the lower edge …
  • Page 829
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 99: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 100: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (2 Of 2)
  • Page 830
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 101: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER Fig. 102: Identifying Anti-Theft Protection Siren Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 831
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 103: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER Fig. 104: Locating Anti-Theft Protection Siren Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 832
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation 10 Nm Fig. 105: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 106: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 833
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 107: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 108: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 834
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 109: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2012) REMOVAL…
  • Page 835
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 110: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 111: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION…
  • Page 836
    To install, reverse the removal procedure. KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM) PREPARATORY WORK IGNITION OFF Fig. 112: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT Remove the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT . REMOVAL…
  • Page 837
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 113: View Of Keyless Vehicle Module (KVM) Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 5 connectors  the 2 x screws …
  • Page 838
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation FINISHING INSTALLING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT Install the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT . ORDERING SOFTWARE Order software for the control module. See: 30772590…
  • Page 839
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 x screws  the remote receiver module (RRX).  INSTALLATION INSTALLING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM Install: the remote receiver module (RRX) …
  • Page 840
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 116: Removing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner. INSTALLATION Fig. 117: Identifying Adhesive…
  • Page 841
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 118: Melting Adhesive, 1161656 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656 Fig. 119: Installing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 842
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 120: Locating Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 121: Removing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.
  • Page 843
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 122: Identifying Adhesive Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 123: Melting Adhesive, 1161656 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656…
  • Page 844
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 124: Installing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. SUN SENSOR NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 845
    HEADLAMPS (2011 LATE — 2012) . Cover bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 — 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER  FRONT (2011 LATE — 2012) . Fig. 126: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 846
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 127: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Fig. 128: Installing Headlight Washer…
  • Page 847
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 129: Removing Rain Sensor (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 130: Removing Rain Sensor (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 848: Special Tools

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component. CAUTION: The silicon surface must not be touched, any contamination of the surface will damage the sensor.

  • Page 849
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 132: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9987693 Fig. 133: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (2 Of 2)
  • Page 850
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 134: View Of Washer Fluid Reservoir Bolt Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 — 2011 EARLY) . For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER…
  • Page 851
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 135: View Of Washer Reservoir Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 852
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 136: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER RESERVOIR (2011 LATE — 2012) .
  • Page 853
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 138: View Of Escaping Fluid Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Fig. 139: Identifying Reservoir Tank Components…
  • Page 854
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 140: Identifying Reservoir Tank Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. WIPER ARM…
  • Page 855
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVAL CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position. Fig. 141: Remove Key From Ignition Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 856
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 142: Identifying Windshield Wiper Arm Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: Windshield wiper arm 21 Nm Fig. 143: View Of Special Tool 9814088…
  • Page 857
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 144: View Of Wiper Blade Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WIPER MECHANISM, WINDSHIELD REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 858
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 146: Identifying Wiper Mechanism Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. WIPER MOTOR FRONT…
  • Page 859
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 147: Remove Key From Ignition Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the wiper mechanism, windscreen, see WIPER MECHANISM, WINDSHIELD Fig. 148: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Components…
  • Page 860
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 149: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal. Fig. 150: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Screws…
  • Page 861
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Remove the air filter housing, see AIR CLEANER HOUSING Fig. 1: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 2: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 862
    REMOVING THE BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH, GEARBOX M56 Ignition off Remove the air cleaner (ACL) housing. Fig. 3: Identifying Tool P/N 9997077 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: the gear selector cables from the levers. see 9997077 …
  • Page 863
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 4: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: pin. see 9997221 .  the lever  Fig. 5: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector…
  • Page 864
    For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE . INSTALLING BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMP SWITCH Fig. 6: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the new back-up light switch. see 9995543 Tighten to: 24 Nm. INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR Fig. 7: View Of Secondary Lock Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Pull out the secondary lock.
  • Page 865
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 8: Back-Up Lamp Switch Leads Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the cables in the connector with the opening for the primary lock facing up as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 866
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 10: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Install the following items: transmission lever see 9997221 to press in the pin …
  • Page 867
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 11: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 12: Identifying Control Stalk, Left Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 868
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 14: Identifying Control Stalk, Right Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Fig.
  • Page 869
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 16: View Of Data Link Connector (OBD-II) location Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 17: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 870
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 19: Inserting Terminal Removal Tool Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.
  • Page 871
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 20: Pressing Tab And Removing Wire Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION DRIVER DOOR MODULE (DDM) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 872
    The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct. PREPARATORY WORK IGNITION OFF Fig. 23: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 873
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET Fig. 24: View Of Ashtray Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the rear panel. Disconnect the connector from the ashtray panel.
  • Page 874
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 25: Identifying Cigarette Lighter/Electrical Socket Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Lift up the catches (as shown in the illustration) using a small screwdriver. Press out the cigarette lighter/electrical socket.
  • Page 875
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 26: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 27: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 876
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 28: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 29: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 877
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2010 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 878
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 32: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY . Fig. 33: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws…
  • Page 879
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation To install, reverse the removal procedure. FINISHING Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 880
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). INSTRUMENT PANEL CONSOLE SWITCH KNOB Special tools 981 4071 STRAIGHTENING TOOL Tool number: 981 4071 Tool description: STRAIGHTENING TOOL…
  • Page 881: Courtesy Of Volvo Cars Corporation

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVAL Fig. 36: Removing Instrument Panel Console Switch Knob Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9814071…

  • Page 882
    KEYPAD, STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL Remove airbag driver’s side, see DRIVER’S AIRBAG Fig. 37: Identifying Steering Wheel Keypad Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 38: View Of Steering Wheel Keypad Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 883
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation LIGHTING SWITCH REMOVAL Fig. 39: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 40: Identifying Lighting Switch in OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 884
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 41: View Of Lighting Switch Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 42: Identifying Lighting Switch Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 885: Torque: M6

    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 43: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR . Fig. 44: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws…

  • Page 886
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 45: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY . Fig. 46: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws…
  • Page 887: Calibrate Position Sensor Using Vida (Volvo Scan Tool)

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2010 — 2011 EARLY) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

  • Page 888
    Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. FINISHING Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 49: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
  • Page 889
    Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). POWER SOCKET 12V (2007) REMOVAL Fig. 51: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 890
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 52: Identifying Power Socket Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 53: View Of Power Socket Clip Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 891
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 54: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 55: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 892
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 56: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (2 of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 57: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (3 of 3)
  • Page 893
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 59: Removing Door Handle Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 60: Identifying Door Handle Panel Clips Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 894
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 61: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL Fig.
  • Page 895
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 63: Removing Door Handle Panel Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 64: Prying Up Front Side Switch Panel Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 896
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 65: Prying Up Rear Side Switch Panel Frame Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 66: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 897
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 67: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 68: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (1 of 2)
  • Page 898
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation CAUTION: Only use moderate force. Fig. 69: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure that equal pressure is applied to the full length of the component.
  • Page 899
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 70: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove lighting interior front, see LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT Fig. 71: View Of Sun Roof Rotary Switch Release Clips…
  • Page 900
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation IGNITION OFF Fig. 72: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVAL REMOVING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING Remove the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .
  • Page 901
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 73: Sun Roof Switch Catches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Press the catches out. Pull the switch outwards and upwards. Pull out the catch. Pull out the conductive strap.
  • Page 902
    Remove steering wheel lever left, see CONTROL STALK, LEFT Fig. 74: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Make sure that the clockspring pins are not bent or damaged. Torque: Steering wheel control module to steering column…
  • Page 903
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 75: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Perform angle sensor, steering wheel, resetting To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 904
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 77: Remove/Install Central Locking System, Switch Components Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. SWITCH, HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS…
  • Page 905
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation SWITCH TUNNEL COMPARTMENT REMOVAL Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE Fig. 79: Identifying Tunnel Compartment Switches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 80: View Of Tunnel Compartment Switch Tabs Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 906
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 81: Removing Tunnel Compartment Switches Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Initiate switch using VIDA (Volvo scan tool). INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. COLLISION AVOIDANCE…
  • Page 907
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 82: View Of Ignition In «0» Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION (2007 — 2011 EARLY Fig.
  • Page 908
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 84: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION Fig. 85: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)
  • Page 909
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 86: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2011 LATE — 2012) REMOVAL Fig.
  • Page 910
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 88: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 89: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 911
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 90: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 91: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 912
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 92: Identifying Parking Assistance Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Order and download software according to: 30786805 DOOR LOCKS &…
  • Page 913
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 93: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the tunnel console. See FLOOR CONSOLE Fig. 94: Locating Antenna Nuts…
  • Page 914
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 95: Locating Keyless Entry Locking System Antenna In Luggage Compartment Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2007 — 2011 EARLY) Operation Number(s): 36646-2 NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.
  • Page 915
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 97: Identifying Bumper Bracket Module Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the following items: the antenna, fold out the catches at the lower edge …
  • Page 916
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 99: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 100: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (2 Of 2)
  • Page 917
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 101: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER Fig. 102: Identifying Anti-Theft Protection Siren Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 918
    NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 103: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER Fig. 104: Locating Anti-Theft Protection Siren Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 919
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation 10 Nm Fig. 105: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 106: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 920
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 107: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 108: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 921
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 109: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2012) REMOVAL…
  • Page 922
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 110: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 111: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION…
  • Page 923
    To install, reverse the removal procedure. KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM) PREPARATORY WORK IGNITION OFF Fig. 112: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Ignition off. REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT Remove the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT . REMOVAL…
  • Page 924
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 113: View Of Keyless Vehicle Module (KVM) Connectors Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 5 connectors  the 2 x screws …
  • Page 925
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation FINISHING INSTALLING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT Install the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT . ORDERING SOFTWARE Order software for the control module. See: 30772590…
  • Page 926
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove: the 2 x screws  the remote receiver module (RRX).  INSTALLATION INSTALLING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM Install: the remote receiver module (RRX) …
  • Page 927
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 116: Removing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner. INSTALLATION Fig. 117: Identifying Adhesive…
  • Page 928
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 118: Melting Adhesive, 1161656 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656 Fig. 119: Installing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 929
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 120: Locating Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 121: Removing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.
  • Page 930
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 122: Identifying Adhesive Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 123: Melting Adhesive, 1161656 Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656…
  • Page 931
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 124: Installing Locking System Receiver Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. SUN SENSOR NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years and/or models.
  • Page 932
    HEADLAMPS (2011 LATE — 2012) . Cover bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 — 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER  FRONT (2011 LATE — 2012) . Fig. 126: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (1 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 933
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 127: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (2 of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. Fig. 128: Installing Headlight Washer…
  • Page 934
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 129: Removing Rain Sensor (1 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Fig. 130: Removing Rain Sensor (2 Of 3) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 935: Special Tools

    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component. CAUTION: The silicon surface must not be touched, any contamination of the surface will damage the sensor.

  • Page 936
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 132: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (1 Of 2) Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION see 9987693 Fig. 133: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (2 Of 2)
  • Page 937
    Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. Fig. 134: View Of Washer Fluid Reservoir Bolt Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 — 2011 EARLY) . For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER…
  • Page 938
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 135: View Of Washer Reservoir Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 939
    ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 136: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER RESERVOIR (2011 LATE — 2012) .
  • Page 940
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 138: View Of Escaping Fluid Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid. Fig. 139: Identifying Reservoir Tank Components…
  • Page 941
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 140: Identifying Reservoir Tank Bolts Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: M6 10 Nm INSTALLATION To install, reverse the removal procedure. WIPER ARM…
  • Page 942
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation REMOVAL CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position. Fig. 141: Remove Key From Ignition Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION…
  • Page 943
    2012 Volvo C30 T-5 ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment — Removal, replacement and installation Fig. 142: Identifying Windshield Wiper Arm Screws Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION Torque: Windshield wiper arm 21 Nm Fig. 143: View Of Special Tool 9814088…

Перейти к контенту

Руководство по эксплуатации Вольво С30 на русском языке

Руководства по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo C30 можно купить в магазине автомобильной литературы

Электронные версии книг по ремонту Volvo C30 в PDF формате можно купить на сайте

Пример руководства по ремонту Вольво

Данное руководство может применяться при ремонте.

Руководство по ремонту Volvo

VOLVO S40 / V50 2004-2007 бензин / турбодизель

Издательство Алфамер Паблишинг

Справочно-информационный мануал Руководство по ремонту Volvo S40,  а также руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию,  устройство Volvo S40 в кузове седан и Volvo V50 в кузове универсал  2004-2007 гг. выпуска, оборудованных бензиновыми двигателями рабочим  объемом 1,8 (1798 см3), 2,0 (1999 см3) и 2,4 л. (2435 см3), а также  турбодизельными двигателями рабочим объемом 2,0 л. (1998 см3).

Содержание инструкции по ремонту VOLVO S40 / V50 2004-2007

ВАШ АВТОМОБИЛЬ VOLVO S40/V50
Безопасность — прежде всего! 0 — 1
Введение 0 — 3
Ремонт в дороге 0 — 4
Еженедельные проверки 0 — 8
Смазки и рабочие жидкости 0 — 15
Давление в шинах 0 — 15
  Глава 1 часть А Техническое обслуживание — модификации с бензиновыми двигателями
Спецификации 1А — 2
График обслуживания 1А — 3
Расположение элементов 1А — 4
Процедуры обслуживания 1А — 6
Общие сведения и текущее обслуживание 1А — 6
Замена моторного масла и масляного фильтра 1А — 6
Проверка уровня жидкости в системе усиления рулевого управления 1А — 8
Проверка выключателя режимов Park/Neutral (модификации с автоматической коробкой передач) 1А — 8
Проверка ремня привода вспомогательных агрегатов 1А — 8
Проверка ламп и звуковых сигналов 1А — 9
Проверка на наличие утечек и проверка состояния шлангов 1А — 9
Проверка электропроводки, расположенной в моторном отсеке 1А — 10
Проверка уровня и замена жидкости в автоматической коробке переключения передач 1А — 11
Проверка тормозных колодок и дисков 1А — 12
Проверка системы выпуска отработавших газов 1А — 12
Проверка деталей подвески и рулевого управления 1А — 13
Проверка пыльников и шарниров приводных валов 1А — 13
Проверка состояния днища и магистралей 1А — 13
Смазывание петель и замков 1А — 14
Проверка колес 1А — 14
Дорожная проверка 1А — 14
Замена салонного и топливного фильтров 1А — 15
Проверка и регулировка стояночного тормоза 1А — 16
Проверка ремней безопасности 1А — 16
Проверка концентрации антифриза в охлаждающей жидкости 1А — 16
Обнуление индикатора необходимости выполнения обслуживания 1А — 16
Замена фильтрующего элемента воздушного фильтра 1А — 16
Замена свечей зажигания 1А — 17
Замена ремня привода газораспределительного механизма 1А — 19
Замена тормозной жидкости 1А — 19
Замена охлаждающей жидкости 1А — 19
Замена элемента питания в пульте дистанционного управления 1А — 21
Замена ремня привода вспомогательных агрегатов 1А — 22
  Глава 1 часть Б Техническое обслуживание — модификации с дизельными двигателями
Спецификации 1Б — 2
График обслуживания 1Б — 3
Расположение элементов Вольво в50 1Б — 4
Процедуры обслуживания 1Б — 6
Общие сведения и текущее обслуживание 1Б — 6
Замена моторного масла и масляного фильтра 1Б — 6
Проверка уровня жидкости в системе усиления рулевого управления 1Б — 8
Проверка ремня привода вспомогательных агрегатов 1Б — 8
Проверка ламп и звуковых сигналов 1Б — 9
Проверка на наличие утечек и проверка состояния шлангов 1Б — 9
Проверка электропроводки, расположенной в моторном отсеке 1Б — 10
Проверка ремней безопасности 1Б — 10
Проверка тормозных колодок и дисков 1Б — 10
Проверка системы выпуска отработавших газов 1Б – 11
Проверка деталей подвески и рулевого управления 1Б — 11
Проверка пыльников и шарниров приводных валов 1Б — 11
Проверка состояния днища и магистралей 1Б — 12
Смазывание петель и замков 1Б — 12
Проверка колес 1Б — 12
Дорожная проверка 1Б — 12
Замена салонного фильтра 1Б — 13
Удаление воды из топливного фильтра и его замена 1Б — 14
Проверка и регулировка стояночного тормоза 1Б — 14
Проверка концентрации антифриза в охлаждающей жидкости 1Б — 14
Обнуление индикатора необходимости выполнения обслуживания 1Б — 14
Замена фильтрующего элемента топливного фильтра 1Б — 15
Замена фильтрующего элемента воздушного фильтра 1Б — 15
Заполнение бачка сажевого фильтра 1Б — 15
Замена ремня привода газораспределительного механизма 1Б — 1Б
Замена тормозной жидкости 1Б — 16
Замена охлаждающей жидкости 1Б — 16
Замена элемента питания в пульте дистанционного управления 1Б — 18
Замена сажевого фильтра 1Б — 18
Замена ремня привода вспомогательных агрегатов 1Б — 18
  Глава 2 часть А Бензиновые двигатели 1.8и 2.0литра — ремонт без снятия с автомобиля
Спецификации 2А — 1
Общие сведения 2А — 3
Проверка компрессии — описание и анализ результатов 2А — 3
Верхняя мертвая точка поршня первого цилиндра — установка 2А — 4
Крышка головки блока цилиндров — снятие и установка 2А — 5
Рабочие зазоры клапанов — проверка и регулировка 2А — 5
Шкив коленвала — снятие и установка 2А — 6
Крышка цепи привода газораспределительного механизма — снятие и установка 2А — 6
Цепь привода ГРМ, натяжитель и направляющие — снятие, проверка и установка 2А — 7
Распредвалы и толкатели — снятие, проверка и установка 2А — 9
Манжеты коленвала — замена 2А — 11
Головка блока цилиндров — снятие и установка 2А — 12
Поддон — снятие и установка 2А — 13
Масляный насос — снятие, проверка и установка 2А — 14
Выключатель контрольной лампы давления моторного масла — снятие и установка 2А — 15
Маховик — снятие, проверка и установка 2А — 15
Опоры силового блока — проверка и замена 2А — 16
   Глава 2 часть Б Бензиновые двигатели 2.4 литра — ремонт без снятия с автомобиля
Спецификации 2Б — 1
Общие сведения 2Б — 3
Проверка компрессии — описание и анализ результатов 2Б — 3
Ремень привода ГРМ — снятие и установка 2Б — 4
Звездочки распредвалов, блоки системы регулировки фаз газораспределения и правые манжеты — снятие и установка 2Б — 7
Левые манжеты распредвалов — замена 2Б — 9
Распредвалы и толкатели — снятие, проверка и установка 2Б — 9
Головка блока цилиндров — снятие и установка Volvo 2Б — 12
Манжеты коленвала — замена 2Б — 13
Масляный насос — снятие, проверка и установка 2Б — 13
Маховик (планшайба) — снятие, проверка и установка 2Б — 13
Опоры силового блока — снятие и установка 2Б — 14
Поддон — снятие и установка 2Б — 14
Выключатель контрольной лампы давления моторного масла — снятие и установка 2Б — 15
Глава 2 часть В Дизельные двигатели — ремонт без снятия с автомобиля
Спецификации 2В — 1
Общие сведения 2В — 3
Проверка компрессии и тест на утечки — описание и анализ результатов 2В — 3
Крышка головки блока цилиндров — снятие и установка 2В — 4
Шкив коленвала — снятие и установка 2В — 5
Ремень привода ГРМ и натяжитель — снятие и установка 2В — 5
Цепь привода ГРМ и натяжитель — снятие и установка 2В — 8
Распредвалы, коромысла и гидрокомпенсаторы — снятие, проверка и установка 2В — 8
Манжета распредвала — замена 2В — 11
Головка блока цилиндров — снятие, проверка и установка 2В — 11
Поддон — снятие и установка 2В — 13
Масляный насос — снятие, проверка и установка 2В — 14
Выключатель контрольной лампы давления моторного масла — снятие и установка 2В — 15
Маслоохладитель — снятие и установка 2В — 15
Манжеты коленвала — замена 2В — 15
Маховик — снятие, проверка и установка 2В — 16
Опоры силового блока — проверка и замена 2В — 17
   Глава 2 часть Г Снятие двигателя и его капитальный ремонт
Спецификации 2Г — 1
Общие сведения 2Г — 3
Снятие силового блока — подготовка и меры предосторожности 2Г — 3
Силовой блок — снятие, разделение и установка 2Г — 3
Капитальный ремонт двигателя — общие сведения 2Г — 5
Головка блока цилиндров — разборка, очистка, проверка и сборка 2Г — 6
Промежуточная секция/крышки коренных подшипников — снятие 2Г — 7
Поршни и шатуны — снятие и проверка 2Г — 8
Коленвал — снятие и проверка 2Г — 9
Блок цилиндров и картер двигателя — очистка и проверка 2Г — 10
Коренные и шатунные подшипники — проверка и подбор 2Г — 10
Капитальный ремонт двигателя — последовательность сборки 2Г — 11
Коленвал — установка 2Г — 11
Поршни и кольца — сборка 2Г — 12
Поршни и шатуны — установка 2Г — 13
Первый запуск двигателя после капитального ремонта 2Г — 13
   Глава 3 Системы охлаждения двигателя, отопления и кондиционирования
Спецификации 3 — 1
Общие сведения и меры предосторожности 3 — 2
Шланги системы охлаждения — снятие и установка 3 — 2
Охлаждающая жидкость — общие сведения 3 — 3
Вентилятор радиатора — снятие и установка 3 — 3
Радиатор — снятие и установка 3 — 4
Датчик температуры охлаждающей жидкости — проверка, снятие и установка 3 — 7
Помпа — снятие и установка 3 — 7
Термостат — снятие, проверка и установка 3 — 8
Системы отопления и кондиционирования — общие сведения и меры предосторожности 3 — 9
Компоненты системы кондиционирования — снятие и установка 3е 10
Дополнительный электрический обогреватель — снятие и установка 3 — 15
   Глава 4 часть А Топливная система и система выпуска отработавших газов — модели с бензиновыми двигателями
Спецификации 4А — 1
Общие сведения и меры предосторожности 4А — 2
Корпус воздушного фильтра — снятие и установка 4А — 3
Педаль акселератора — снятие и установка 4А — 4
Топливный насос и датчик уровня топлива — снятие и установка 4А — 4
Топливный бак — снятие и установка 4А — 5
Система впрыска топлива — общие сведения 4А — 5
Система впрыска топлива — проверка и регулировка 4А — 7
Компоненты системы впрыска топлива — снятие и установка 4А — 7
Система поддержания заданной скорости (круиз — контроль) — общие сведения 4А — 11
Впускной коллектор — снятие и установка 4А — 11
Выпускной коллектор — снятие и установка 4А — 11
Система выпуска отработавших газов — общие сведения и замена компонентов 4А — 13
   Глава 4 часть Б Топливная система и система выпуска отработавших газов — модели с дизельными двигателями
Спецификации 4Б — 1
Общие сведения и меры предосторожности 4Б — 2
Корпус воздушного фильтра — снятие и установка 4Б — 2
Топливный бак — снятие и установка 4Б — 2
Педаль акселератора — снятие и установка Volvo-s40 4Б — 3
Система впрыска топлива — общие сведения 4Б — 3
Топливная система — зарядка и удаление воздуха 4Б — 4
Топливный насос и датчик уровня топлива — снятие и установка 4Б — 5
Система впрыска топлива — проверка и регулировка 4Б — 5
Топливный насос высокого давления — снятие и установка 4Б — 5
Форсунки — снятие и установка 4Б — 6
Компоненты системы управления двигателем — снятие и установка 4Б — 7
Турбонагнетатель — общие сведения и меры предосторожности 4Б — 9
Турбонагнетатель — снятие и установка 4Б — 10
Турбонагнетатель — проверка и ремонт 4Б — 10
Промежуточный охладитель — снятие и установка 4Б — 10
Коллекторы — снятие и установка 4Б — 11
Система выпуска отработавших газов — общие сведения и замена компонентов 4Б — 12
   Глава 4 часть В Системы снижения токсичности
Спецификации 4В — 1
Общие сведения 4В — 1
Каталитический нейтрализатор — общие сведения и меры предосторожности 4В — 2
Система вентиляции картера — проверка и замена компонентов 4В — 2
Система улавливания паров топлива — проверка и замена компонентов 4В — 3
Системы снижения токсичности отработавших газов — проверка и замена компонентов 4В — 4
  Глава 5 часть А Системы запуска двигателя и зарядки аккумулятора
Спецификации 5А — 1
Общие сведения и меры предосторожности 5А — 2
Аккумулятор — проверка и зарядка 5А — 2
Аккумулятор — снятие и установка 5А — 3
Система зарядки аккумулятора — проверка 5А — 3
Генератор — снятие и установка 5А — 4
Генератор — замена щеток 5А — 5
Система запуска двигателя — проверка 5А — 5
Стартер — снятие и установка 5А — 5
Стартер — проверка и ремонт 5А — 6
Система предпускового подогрева (дизельные модификации) — общие сведения 5А — 6
Система предпускового подогрева (дизельные модификации) — проверка 5А — 6
Свечи накаливания — снятие, проверка и установка 5А — 7
Реле свечей накаливания — снятие и установка 5А — 7
  Глава 5 часть Б Система зажигания — бензиновые двигатели
Спецификации 5Б — 1
Общие сведения 5Б — 2
Система зажигания — проверка 5Б — 2
Поиск неисправностей системы зажигания — общие сведения 5Б — 3
Катушки зажигания — снятие и установка 5Б — 4
Датчик(и) детонации — снятие и установка 5Б — 4
  Глава 6 Сцепление
Спецификации 6 — 1
Общие сведения 6 — 1
Педаль сцепления — снятие и установка 6 — 1
Главный цилиндр сцепления — снятие и установка 6 — 2
Рабочий цилиндр сцепления — снятие и установка 6 — 3
Удаление воздуха из системы 6 — 3
Сцепление — снятие, проверка и установка 6 — 3
Выжимной подшипник — снятие, проверка и установка 6 — 5
Датчик положения педали — замена 6 — 5
   Глава 7 часть А Механическая коробка передач
Спецификации 7А — 1
Общие сведения 7А — 2
Кожух рычага переключения передач — снятие и установка 7А — 3
Тросы переключения передач — снятие и установка 7А — 4
Манжеты — замена 7А — 6
Выключатель сигналов заднего хода — снятие и установка 7А — 6
Замена масла в коробке передач 7А — 7
Коробка передач — снятие и установка 7А — 7
Ремонт коробки передач — общие сведения 7А — 9
   Глава 7 часть Б Автоматическая коробка передач
Спецификации 7Б — 1
Общие сведения 7Б — 2
Трос селектора режимов — снятие, установка и регулировка 7Б — 2
Кожух селектора режимов и панель индикации режимов — снятие и установка 7Б — 3
Блок управления коробкой передач — снятие и установка 7Б — 4
Манжеты — замена 7Б — 4
Автоматическая коробка передач — снятие и установка 7Б — 5
Поиск неисправностей автоматической коробки передач 7Б — 6
   Глава 8 Приводные валы
Спецификации 8 — 1
Общие сведения 8 — 1
Приводные валы — снятие и установка 8 — 2
Пыльник наружного шарнира приводного вала — замена 8 — 3
Пыльник внутреннего шарнира приводного вала — замена 8 — 4
Промежуточный подшипник правого вала 8 — 4
Ремонт приводных валов — общие сведения 8 — 4
   Глава 9 Тормозная система
Спецификации 9 — 1
Общие сведения 9 — 2
Удаление воздуха из системы 9 — 2
Шланги и магистрали — замена 9 — 3
Передние тормозные колодки — замена 9 — 3
Задние тормозные колодки — замена 9 — 5
Передний тормозной диск — проверка, снятие и установка 9 — 7
Задний тормозной диск — проверка, снятие и установка 9 — 7
Передний суппорт — снятие, ремонт и установка 9 — 7
Задний суппорт — снятие, ремонт и установка 9 — 8
Главный цилиндр — снятие и установка 9 — 8
Педаль тормоза — снятие и установка 9 — 9
Вакуумный усилитель — снятие и установка 9 — 10
Стояночный тормоз — регулировка 9 — 10
Трос стояночного тормоза — снятие и установка 9 — 11
Рычаг стояночного тормоза — снятие и установка 9 — 12
Выключатель контрольной лампы стояночного тормоза — снятие и установка 9 — 12
Выключатель сигналов торможения — снятие и установка 9 — 12
Антиблокировочная система (ABS) — общие сведения 9 — 12
Компоненты антиблокировочной системы — снятие и установка 9 — 13
Антиблокировочная система (ABS) — поиск неисправностей 9 — 14
Вакуумный насос — снятие и установка 9 — 14
   Глава 10 Подвеска и рулевое управление
Спецификации 10 — 1
Общие сведения 10 — 2
Передний ступичный узел и подшипник — снятие и установка 10 — 3
Стойка передней подвески — снятие и установка 10 — 4
Стойка передней подвески — разборка, проверка и сборка 10 — 5
Поперечный рычаг и шаровый шарнир передней подвески — снятие, ремонт и установка 10 — 6
Передний стабилизатор поперечной устойчивости — снятие и установка 10 — 6
Задний ступичный подшипник — замена 10 — 7
Задний ступичный узел и продольный рычаг — снятие и установка 10 — 8
Задний амортизатор — снятие и установка 10 — 8
Пружина задней подвески — снятие и установка 10 — 9
Рычаги задней подвески — снятие и установка 10 — 9
Задний стабилизатор поперечной устойчивости — снятие и установка 10 — 10
Рулевое колесо — снятие и установка 10 — 10
Рулевая колонка — снятие и установка 10 — 11
Рулевой механизм — снятие и установка 10 — 12
Пыльник рулевого механизма — замена 10 — 12
Система усиления рулевого управления — удаление воздуха 10 — 13
Электронный блок и насос системы усиления рулевого управления — снятие и установка 10 — 13
Наконечник рулевой тяги — снятие и установка 10 — 14
Углы установки колес — общие сведения 10 — 14
   Глава 11 Кузов и кузовное оборудование
Спецификации 11 — 1
Общие сведения 11 — 1
Кузов — обслуживание 11— 1
Декоративные панели и ковровые покрытия — обслуживание 11 — 2
Небольшие повреждения кузова — ремонт 11 — 2
Большие повреждения кузова — ремонт 11 — 3
Капот — снятие, установка и регулировка 11 — 3
Трос замка капота — снятие и установка 11 — 4
Замок капота — снятие и установка 11 — 4
Двери —снятие и установка 11 — 4
Внутренние панели отделки дверей — снятие и установка 11 — 5
Дверная ручка и замок — снятие и установка 11 — 5
Стекло двери и стеклоподъемник — снятие и установка 11 — 8
Внутренняя панель отделки двери багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 10
Дверь багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 11
Опорные стойки двери багажного отделения и капота — снятие и установка 11 — 11
Компоненты замка двери багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 11
Крышка багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 11
Опорные стойки крышки багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 12
Компоненты замка крышки багажного отделения — снятие и установка 11 — 12
Ветровое стекло, стекло двери багажного отделения и заднее стекло — общие сведения 11 — 12
Зеркала заднего вида и сопутствующие компоненты — снятие и установка 11 — 12
Бамперы — снятие и установка 11 — 13
Решетка радиатора — снятие и установка 11 — 15
Кресла и приводы — снятие и установка 11 — 15
Заднее сиденье — снятие и установка Вольво С-40 11 — 16
Детали внутренней отделки салона — снятие и установка 11 — 16
Ремни безопасности — общие сведения, снятие и установка 11 — 21
Центральная консоль — снятие и установка 11 — 23
Лицевая панель — снятие и установка 11 — 24
Люк — общие сведения, замена и регулировка панели 11 — 27
  Глава 12 Электрооборудование кузова
Спецификации 12 — 1
Общие сведения и меры предосторожности 12 — 2
Поиск неисправностей электрооборудования — общие сведения 12 — 2
Плавкие предохранители и реле — общие сведения 12 — 3
Выключатель зажигания — снятие и установка 12 — 4
Электронный блок рулевого колеса — общие сведения, снятие и установка 12 — 5
Выключатели — снятие и установка 12 — 5
Лампы наружного освещения — замена 12 — 7
Лампы освещения салона — замена 12 — 9
Фонари наружного освещения — снятие, установка и регулировка направления светового луча 12 — 11
Фары с ксеноновыми лампами — замена компонентов, установка и регулировка 12 — 12
Приборный щиток — снятие и установка 12 — 14
Очиститель ветрового стекла — снятие и установка компонентов 12 — 14
Компоненты омывателей — общие сведения 12 — 15
Очиститель заднего стекла — снятие и установка 12 — 15
Звуковые сигналы — снятие и установка 12 — 16
Люк — замена привода и блока управления 12 — 16
Центральный замок — общие сведения 12 — 16
Система облегчения парковки — общие сведения и замена компонентов 12 — 17
Компоненты информационно — развлекательной системы — снятие и установка 12 — 17
Антенный усилитель — снятие и установка 12 — 18
Динамики — снятие и установка Волво С40 / В 50 12 — 18
Подушки безопасности — общие сведения и меры предосторожности 12 — 18
Компоненты системы подушек безопасности — снятие и установка 12 — 18
Охранная сигнализация — общие сведения 12 — 20
Блоки электронного управления — снятие и установка 12 — 20
Привод замка лючка заправочной горловины — снятие и установка 12 — 21
Схемы электрооборудования 12 — 22
Руководство по эксплуатации Р — 1
   Приложения
Размеры и массы П — 1
Покупка запасных частей П — 2
Идентификация автомобиля П — 2
Общие советы по выполнению ремонта П — 3
Подъем и фиксация автомобиля Вольво-в50 П — 4
Инструменты и приспособления П — 5
Проверка технического состояния автомобиля Вольво-с40 П — 7
Поиск неисправностей П — 12
Словарь технических терминов П — 21
Предметный указатель П — 27




Other Manuals
142 Pages

Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50 & C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram Supplement

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
387 Pages

Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50 & C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram (TP 39150202)

View pdf




Other Manuals
144 Pages

Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50 & C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram Supplement_5d8a7f641fab58a49325848

View pdf

1993




Other Manuals
1422 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Workshop Manual — 1993 — 1999

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now

2000




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2000 — 2010

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
284 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2000 — 2009 (2)

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2000 — 2008_5d8a7ed6c02702a82580145

View pdf




Other Manuals
274 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2000 — 2008

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more

2007




Other Manuals
247 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-manual-del-propietario-59954

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
256 Pages

2007 Volvo C30 Electrical Wiring Diagram (TP39103202)

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-guia-rapida-59955

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-kurzanleitung-59664

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-guide-de-reference-rapide-72873

View pdf




Other Manuals
247 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-agarmanual-61447

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-h-zl-k-lavuz-61663

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
247 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-instruktionsvejledning-60225

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-quick-guide-73134

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
247 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-gebruikers-handleiding-60795

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-quick-guide-60226

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-quick-guide-60796

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2007-quick-guide-59750

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more

2008




Other Manuals
25817 Pages

Volvo C30 T5 Workshop Manual (L5-2.5L Turbo VIN 67 B5254T7 (2008))

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
352 Pages

2008 Volvo C30, S40, V50 & C70 Wiring Diagram (TP 39114202)

View pdf




Other Manuals
234 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2008 — 2009

View pdf




Other Manuals
254 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-59747

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
254 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-gebruikers-handleiding-60793

View pdf




Brochure
16 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Sales Brochure — 2008 — 2008

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-quick-guide-61446

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
254 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-instruktionsvejledning-60223

View pdf




Other Manuals
254 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-manuel-du-proprietaire-72870

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-quick-guide-60224

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
254 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-uzivatelska-prirucka-61326

View pdf




Other Manuals
366 Pages

2008 Volvo C30, S40, V50 & C70 Wiring Diagram (TP 39114202)_5d8a7fb30d5b77a89346266

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2008-quick-guide-60794

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more

2009




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-manuel-du-proprietaire-72868

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
306 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-gebruikers-handleiding-60791

View pdf




Brochure
36 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Sales Brochure — 2009 — 2009 (2)

View pdf




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-manuale-del-proprietario-73129

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-guia-rapida-59951

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-quick-guide-60792

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-guide-de-reference-rapide-72869

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
84 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-navigation-manual-91649

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-instruktionsvejledning-60221

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Brochure
26 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Sales Brochure — 2009 — 2009

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
274 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2009 — 2010

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-kayttoohjeet-60432

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-quick-guide-59746

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-h-zl-k-lavuz-61659

View pdf




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-manual-del-propietario-59950

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-kullan-m-k-lavuzu-61658

View pdf




Best Bug Remover For Cars

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2009-quick-guide-37191

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
377 Pages

2009 Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50 & C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram TP 39129202

View pdf

2010




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-59743

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
284 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2010 — 2011

View pdf




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-manual-del-propietario-59948

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-quick-guide-60220

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-quick-guide-61323

View pdf




Brochure
36 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-brochure-37169

View pdf




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-manuel-du-proprietaire-72866

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-betriebsanleitung-59614

View pdf




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-gebruikers-handleiding-60789

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-kayttoohjeet-60430

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
306 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-manuale-del-proprietario-73127

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-instruktionsvejledning-60219

View pdf




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-uzivatelska-prirucka-61322

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2010-quick-guide-61442

View pdf

2011




Other Manuals
336 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-60644

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-brukermanual-61015

View pdf




Other Manuals
122 Pages

Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50 & C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram 2011 Supplement

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-90161

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-pikaopas-60429

View pdf




Other Manuals
312 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-manual-del-propietario-59946

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-quick-guide-60645

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-quick-guide-60218

View pdf




Other Manuals
290 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2011 — 2012

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Brochure
60 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Sales Brochure — 2011 — 2011

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-guide-de-reference-rapide-57223

View pdf




Brochure
26 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-brochure-37140

View pdf




Other Manuals
92 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-navigation-manual-97661

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more




Other Manuals
316 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-manuel-du-proprietaire-57222

View pdf




Other Manuals
308 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-kayttoohjeet-60428

View pdf




Other Manuals
312 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-gebruikers-handleiding-60787

View pdf




Best Bug Remover For Cars

Find out more




Other Manuals
314 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-uzivatelska-prirucka-101874

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
300 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2011-instruktionsvejledning-60217

View pdf

2012




Other Manuals
364 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-60642

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
316 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-instruktionsvejledning-60215

View pdf




Other Manuals
354 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-59738

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-kurzanleitung-59589

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
336 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-betriebsanleitung-59588

View pdf




Other Manuals
20 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-volvo-on-call-61436

View pdf




Other Manuals
322 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-kayttoohjeet-60426

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
36 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-electric-2012-supplement-72874

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-quick-guide-61438

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
334 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-manual-del-propietario-59943

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
346 Pages

Volvo S40 (04-), V50 2012 & C30, C70 (06-) 2013 Wiring Diagram_5d8a7f8f96d102a43626095

View pdf




Other Manuals
362 Pages

2012 Volvo C30, S40 (04-), V50, C70 (06-) Wiring Diagram (TP 39212202)

View pdf




Other Manuals
316 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-manuel-du-proprietaire-57197

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more




Other Manuals
22 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-volvo-on-call-60786

View pdf




Other Manuals
360 Pages

Volvo S40 (04-), V50 2012 & C30, C70 (06-) 2013 Wiring Diagram

View pdf




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2012 — 2013

View pdf




Best Bug Remover For Cars

Find out more




Other Manuals
320 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-uzivatelska-prirucka-61320

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
38 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-electric-2012-erganzung-59665

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-guide-de-reference-rapide-57198

View pdf




Best Rear view Mirror In 2021 – Reviews and Buying Guide

Find out more




Other Manuals
298 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-owner-s-manual-37107

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2012-quick-guide-60643

View pdf

2013




Other Manuals
366 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-60640

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
324 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-kayttoohjeet-60422

View pdf




Other Manuals
318 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-manuel-du-proprietaire-57179

View pdf




Other Manuals
338 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-betriebsanleitung-59571

View pdf




Best iPad Holder For Car

Find out more




Other Manuals
356 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-59734

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-pikaopas-60423

View pdf




Other Manuals
340 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-manual-del-propietario-59939

View pdf




Best Back Seat Organizer

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-guia-rapida-59940

View pdf




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-quick-guide-60781

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
20 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-volvo-on-call-61011

View pdf




Best Car Creepers

Find out more




Other Manuals
300 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-owner-s-manual-37084

View pdf




Other Manuals
88 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-road-and-traffic-information-system-rti-60213

View pdf




Other Manuals
94 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-road-and-traffic-information-system-rti-59736

View pdf




Best Tesla Model 3 Floor Mats

Find out more




Other Manuals
8 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-quick-guide-61317

View pdf




Other Manuals
23 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-volvo-on-call-73126

View pdf




Other Manuals
300 Pages

Volvo — C30 — Owners Manual — 2013 — 2013

View pdf




Best Bug Remover For Cars

Find out more




Other Manuals
334 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-manuale-del-proprietario-73123

View pdf




£9.99


Get your hands on the complete Volvo factory workshop software

Download now




Other Manuals
20 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-volvo-on-call-60214

View pdf




Other Manuals
320 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-uzivatelska-prirucka-61316

View pdf




Best Rear view Mirror In 2021 – Reviews and Buying Guide

Find out more




Other Manuals
23 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-volvo-on-call-59942

View pdf




Other Manuals
318 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-instruktionsvejledning-60211

View pdf




Other Manuals
326 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-uzivatelska-prirucka-60145

View pdf




Best Car Tissue Holder

Find out more




Other Manuals
90 Pages

Volvo — Auto — volvo-c30-2013-road-and-traffic-information-system-rti-61318

View pdf

Volvo C30Free Volvo C30 repair manuals [pdf] for do-it-yourselfers. Content: general information; maintenance; common specs & procedures; DTC index (trouble codes); accessories & equipment; body & frame; brakes; driveline/axles; electrical; wiring diagrams; engine; engine performance; HVAC; lighting; restraints; steering; suspension; transmission.

The Volvo C30 was introduced in 2006. Technical specs: Class: compact car; Platform: Volvo P1 platform; Layout: front-engine, front-wheel drive; Body style: 2-door hatchback; Wheelbase: 103.9 in (2,640 mm); Length: 167.4-168.0 in (4,252-4,266 mm); Width: 70.2 in (1,782 mm); Height: 57.0 in (1,447 mm); Engines: 1.6L B4164S3 I4 produced 99 hp (74 kW) at 6,000 rpm and 111 lb·ft (150 N·m) at 4,000 rpm; 1.8L B4184S11 I4 produced 123 hp (92 kW) at 6,000 rpm and 122 lb·ft (165 N·m) at 4,000 rpm; 1.8L B4184S8 I4 produced 123 hp (92 kW) at 6,000 rpm and 122 lb·ft (165 N·m) at 4,000 rpm; 2.0L B4204S3 I4 produced 143 hp (107 kW) at 6,000 rpm and 136 lb·ft (185 N·m) at 4,500 rpm; 2.4L B5244S4 I5 produced 168 hp (125 kW) at 6,000 rpm and 170 lb·ft (230 N·m) at 4,400 rpm; 2.5L B5254T3 T5 I5 produced 217 hp (162 kW) and 236 lb·ft (320 N·m) at 1,500-4,800 rpm; 2.5L B5254T7 T5 I5 produced 227 hp (169 kW) at 5,000 rpm and 236 lb·ft (320 N·m) at 1,500-5,000 rpm; 1.6L D4164T I4 produced 108 hp (80 kW) at 4,000 rpm and 177 lb·ft (240 N·m) at 1,750 rpm; 2.0L D4204T I4 produced 134 hp (100 kW) at 4,000 rpm and 236 lb·ft (320 N·m) at 2,000 rpm; 2.4L D5244T8 I5 produced 178 hp (132 kW) at 4,000 rpm and 258 lb·ft (350 N·m) at 1,750-3,250 rpm; 2.4L D5244T13 I5 produced 178 hp (132 kW) at 4,000 rpm and 295 lb·ft (400 N·m) at 2,000-2,750 rpm; Transmissions: 5-speed Aisin AW55-50 automatic; 6-speed Aisin TF-80SC automatic; 6-speed automatic (PowerShift) direct-drive 1EDT automatic; 5-speed Volvo M56 manual; 6-speed Volvo M66 manual.
2006-2013 Volvo C30 repair manual
2006-2013 Volvo C30 wiring diagrams
Free Volvo repair manuals
This website uses cookies

We use cookies on our website to give you the most relevant experience by remembering your preferences and repeat visits. By clicking “Accept”, you consent to the use of ALL the cookies.

Книга: VOLVO FL / FE дизель с 2006 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Подробное руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo FL и FE с 2006 года выпуска
Книга: VOLVO FH дизель с 2005 г.в., ремонт
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH выпускаемых с 2005 года с дизельным двигателем D13A.
Книга: VOLVO FH дизель с 2002 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 2002 года выпуска с двигателями D12, D13.
Книга: VOLVO FM дизель с 2002 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FM 2002 года выпуска с двигателями D9, D11, D12, D13.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель с 2002 г.в., ремонт
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 12 выпускаемых с 2002 года.
Книга: VOLVO FH / FM дизель эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo FH / FM с 2002 года выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO VN / VHD дизель с 2002 по 2007 г.в., эксплуатация, ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей VOLVO серии VN и VHD, имеющих любое из следующих обозначений:
VNL780, VNL670, VNL630, VNL430, VNL300 (дневная кабина), VNM630, VNM430, VNM 200 (дневная кабина), VHD200B (приводной задний мост), VHD200F (приводной передний мост).
Книга: VOLVO FL6 / FL / FE дизель с 2000 + рестайлинг с 2010 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Подробное пособие по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей марки Volvo серий FL6 с 2000 г.в., FL с 2006 г.в, а также FE c 2006 г.в., с дизельными двигателями D6B, D7E, D7F, включая модификации с 2010 года выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO FL6 дизель с 2000 г.в., ремонт и техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo FL6 с 2000 года выпуска с 6-ти цилиндровыми дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель 1998 — 2005 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 12 выпускаемых с 1998 по 2005 годы.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель с 1998 г.в., коды неисправностей электросхемы
Руководство по поиску неисправностей грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 12 выпускаемых с 1998 года. Электросхемы.
Книга: VOLVO VNL и VNM дизель с 1996 по 2002 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей VOLVO серии VNL и VNM с 1996 по 2002 годы выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO FL6 дизель ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации  грузовых автомобилей Volvo FL6 с 1993 года выпуска с 6-ти цилиндровыми дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель с 1993 по 2005 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH12 и их модификаций. Руководство по  ремонту двигателей грузовых автомобилей. Рассмотрены три поколения автомобилей, выпускавшихся разными заводами в период с 1993 по 2005 годы выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO F12 дизель с 1988 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo series F12 с 1988 года выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO F12 дизель 1979-1987 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo series F12 с 1979 по 1987 годы выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO FM9 дизель ремонт
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FM9.
Тип двигателя: D9A260/D9A300/D9A340/D9A380 Объем двигателя: 9.4 л.Мощность: 260/300/340/380 л.с.
Книга: Двигатели CATERPILLAR модели C-15 дизель ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию двигателей Caterpillar моделей C-15.
Книга: VOLVO VN дизель устройство каталог деталей
В настоящем издании представлен каталог основных деталей и сборочных единиц грузовых автомобилей VOLVO VN.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание каталог деталей
Руководство по ремонту, техническому обслуживанию и эксплуатации грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 12. Приведен полный каталог основных деталей и сборочных единиц.
Книга: VOLVO FH / FM дизель ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание Том 2
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации  грузовых автомобилей Volvo FH / FM с 9- и 13-литровыми двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO FH / FM дизель ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание Том 1
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации  грузовых автомобилей Volvo FH / FM с 9- и 13-литровыми двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO серий VN WX WG AC дизель техническое обслуживание
Руководство по техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей Volvo серий VN, WX, WG, AC.
Книга: VOLVO VNL и VNM дизель эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию грузовых автомобилей VOLVO серии VNL и VNM, имеющих любое из следующих обозначений: VNL42T, VNM42T, VNL42, VNM42, VNL64T, VNL64, VNM64.
Книга: VOLVO FH12 дизель ремонт, эксплуатация,
Руководство по ремонту, техническому обслуживанию и  эксплуатации грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FH 12 выпускаемых с 1993 года.
Книга: VOLVO F12 дизель с 1988 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации грузовых автомобилей Volvo series F12 с 1988 года выпуска.
Книга: VOLVO FL7 дизель ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации  грузовых автомобилей Volvo FL7 с 1985 года по 1993 год выпуска с двигателями серий TD 71 и TD 73.
Книга: VOLVO F16 / TF16 дизель ремонт
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей VOLVO F16 / TF16.
Книга: VOLVO FM12 дизель ремонт
Руководство по ремонту грузовых автомобилей Volvo серии FM 12.

Книга: VOLVO XC60 бензин / дизель с 2008 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Рекомендации специалистов по диагностике, ремонту и поддержанию в хорошем техническом состоянии  автомобилей Volvo XC60, укомплектованных бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO S60 бензин / дизель с 2010 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, техническому обслуживанию и эксплуатации Volvo S60 с 2010 года выпуска, с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO XC70 / V70 бензин / дизель с 2007 + рестайлинг с 2009 и 2011 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Издание содержит справочную информацию об эксплуатации, ремонте и обслуживании автомобиля Volvo XC70 / V70 с 2007, 2009, 2011 года выпуска, с бензиновыми и дизельными моторами: 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.2, 2.0D, 2.4D.
Книга: VOLVO S80 бензин / дизель с 2007 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Технические сведения от практиков об устройстве, эксплуатации и ремонте автомобилей Volvo S80 с рабочим объёмом бензиновых двигателей  2,0 и 3,0 литра, и дизельных 2,4.
Книга: VOLVO C30 бензин / дизель с 2006 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Новое издание с исчерпывающей справочной информацией по а/м Volvo C30 с установленными на них бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель с 2006 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
В книге рассматриваются особенности эксплуатации и техобслуживания Volvo XC90 с такими двигателями, как B5254T2, B8444S, B6324S (бензин) и D5244T4 (дизель).
Книга: VOLVO S40 и V50 бензин / дизель с 2004 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Квалифицировано о ремонте, эксплуатации и техническом обслуживании автомобилей Volvo S40 (кузов седан) и Volvo V50 (кузов универсал) с различным рабочим объёмом бензиновых двигателей.
Книга: VOLVO S40 и V50 бензин / дизель с 2003 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Практические советы по обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo S-40 и V-50. Всё, что необходимо знать о моделях с рабочим объёмом бензиновых двигателей 1.6, 1.8, 2.4 и 2.5 литра и дизельных 2.0 литра.
Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель с 2003 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Качественное и подробное руководство по автомобилям Volvo XC90 с различного объёма турбированными бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями. Рассматриваются модели, оборудованные 4-, 5- и 6-ступенчатой коробкой передач. Для специалистов автосервиса, а также автолюбителей.
Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель с 2003 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Проиллюстрированное издание поможет разобраться в тонкостях диагностики и техобслуживания Volvo XC90 c различным рабочим объёмом бензиновых и дизельных двигателей.
Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель с 2002 + рестайлинг с 2006 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание в ЦВЕТНЫХ фотографиях
Вся важная и полезная информация  о техническом устройстве, эксплуатации и ремонте автомобилей Volvo XC-90 с рабочим объёмом бензиновых двигателей 2.5, 3.2 и 4.4 литра и турбодизелем 2.4 литра.

Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель 2002-2009 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, устройству и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo XC-90 с бензиновыми 2.5, 2.9, 3.2, 4.4 литра и дизельными 2.4 литра двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO XC70 бензин / дизель с 2001 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo XC70  с 2001 года выпуска, с бензиновым двигателем с турбонаддувом объемом 2.5 л, а также турбированным дизельным двигателем объемом 2.4 л, развивающими мощность 210 и 163 л.с соответственно.
Книга: VOLVO V70 / XC70 бензин / дизель 2000-2007 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации Volvo V70 / XC70, 2000-2007 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми 2.0, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 и дизельными 2.4 двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO S60 / S60T5 / S60R бензин / дизель 2000-2009 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo S60 2000-2008 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями объемом 2.0, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, л.  и дизельными двигателями объемом 2.4 литра.
Книга: VOLVO S60 бензин / дизель 2000-2008 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo S60 2000-2008 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO XC70 / V70 / V70R эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo XC70 / V70 / V70R. Данная книга — подробная инструкция по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобиля Вольво XC70 / V70 / V70R.
Книга: VOLVO V70 / XC / XC70 бензин / дизель 2000-2007 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации Volvo V70 / XC / XC70, 2000-2007 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми 2.3 20V, 2.4 20V, 2.4 20V Turbo, 2.5 20V R, 2.5 20V Turbo и дизельными 2.4 TD двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO V70 / S80 бензин / дизель 1998-2005 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo V70 2000-2004 годы выпуска и S80 1998-2005 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 2,0 (1984 см3), 2,3 (2319 см3) и 2,5 л (2521 см3), а также дизельными двигателями объемом 2,4 л (2401 см3) с турбонаддувом D5.
Книга: VOLVO S70 / V70 / C70 бензин 1996-1999 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобиля Volvo S70, V70, C70 с 1996-1999 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 2,0 (1984 см3), 2,3 (2319 см3) и 2,4 л. (2435 см3), с турбонаддувом и без него, включая версии Т5.
Книга: VOLVO S40 / V40 бензин 1996-2004 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, обслуживанию и эксплуатации автомобилей Volvo S40 (седан) и V40 (универсал) 1996?03/2004 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями (включая турбированные и GDI) рабочим объемом 1,6 (1588 см3), 1,8 (1731, 1783 и 1834 см3), 1,9 (1855 см3) и 2,0 л. (1948 см3), включая специальные, малосерийные версии и модификацию Т4.
Книга: VOLVO S40 / V40 бензин / дизель 1996-2004 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации автомобилей Volvo S40 / V40 1996-2004 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO S40 / V40 бензин 1996-2000 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, устройству и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo S40 / V40 1996-2000 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями 1,8 л. и 2,0 л.
Книга: VOLVO 240 / 740 / 760 / 780 / 940 / 960 бензин с 1990 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Подробное описание работ ремонта, эксплуатации и технического обслуживания автомобилей Volvo 240 / 740 / 760 / 780 / 940 / 960 с 1990 года выпуска. Представлены модели с бензиновыми моторами 2.3, 2.8, 2.9 л.
Книга: VOLVO 850 бензин 1992-1996 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации автомобилей Volvo 850 1992-1996 годы выпуска, с кузовами седан и универсал, с бензиновыми двигателями B5202S, B5204S, B5234S, B5234T, B5252S, B5254S.
Книга: VOLVO 940 / 960 бензин 1990-1997 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 940, 960 1990-1997 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 2,0, 2,3, 2,5, 2,9 л.
Книга: VOLVO 440 460 480 бензин 1987-1992 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, обслуживанию и эксплуатации автомобилей Volvo  440, 460, 480 купе, седан и хэтчбэк, с бензиновыми двигателями OHC 1721 см3 и 1794 см3, включая модели с турбонаддувом, каталитическим преобразователем и различными комплектами систем снижения токсичности отработавших газов.
Книга: VOLVO 440 460 480 бензин 1987-1992 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 440, 460, 480 1987-1992 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 1,7 и 1,8 л., включая турбо.
Книга: VOLVO 740 760 бензин с 1982-1991 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 740 и 760 с кузовами седан и универсал, 1982-1991 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями

Книга: VOLVO 740 760 бензин / дизель 1982-1991 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 740 и 760 (включая Turbo и специализированные модели) 1982-1991 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями объемом 1986 см3, 2316 см3 и 2849 см3 и модели с дизельными двигателями объемом 2383 см3.
Книга: VOLVO 340 343 345 360 бензин / дизель с 1976 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и эксплуатации автомобилей Volvo 340, 343, 345, 360 с 1976 года выпуска, с бензиновыми 4-х цилиндровыми двигателями B13/14, B172, B19, B200 рабочим объемом 1,3, 1,4, 1,7, 2,0 л. и дизельными 4-х цилиндровыми двигателями D16 объемом 1,6 л.
Книга: VOLVO XC90 бензин / дизель с 2002 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, устройству и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo XC90 с 2002 года выпуска, с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
Книга: VOLVO S60 / V70 бензин / дизель с 2001 г.в., ремонт, эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту, эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo S60 / V70, с 2001 года выпуска, в том числе рестайлинг 2004 года, с бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 2,4 л. (20V D5), 2,4 л. (20V T5), 2,4 л. (20V Turbo и Turbo R), 2,4 л. (Bi-Fuel), а также дизельным двигателем рабочим объемом 2,4 л. (20V TD).
Книга: VOLVO 340 343 345 360 бензин / дизель 1976-1989 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 340, 344, 345, 360. Модели 1976-1989 годы выпуска, с бензиновыми двигателями объемом 1397 см3, 1721 см3, 1986 см3 и дизельным двигателем объемом 1595 см3.
Книга: VOLVO 850 бензин 1992-1996 г.в., ремонт, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по ремонту и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей Volvo 850 1992-1996 годы выпуска, с 5-цилиндровыми бензиновыми двигателями рабочим объемом 1984, 2319 и 2435 см3, моделей  B5202S, B5204S, B5234S, B5234T, B5252S, B5254S, с кузовами седан и универсал.
Книга: VOLVO S60 эксплуатация, техническое обслуживание
Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобилей VOLVO S60. Данная книга — подробная инструкция по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобиля Вольво С60.

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Руководство по эксплуатации а3124
  • Что из перечисленного было результатом внутренней политики советского руководства в 1930 е гг
  • Вобэнзим для похудения инструкция по применению
  • Вапорессо хрос мини инструкция на русском языке
  • Руководство по монтажу фланцев